You are on page 1of 209

®

Sysmex CA-1500 System

Reference Guide 3.05

Not for use in the USA

This document is Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Reference Guide


version number 3.05 for Sysmex® CA-1500 System. From January 2015,
this document is the only relevant source for assay application
information on the Sysmex® CA-1500 System.
The Reference Guide contains a complete list of all assays evaluated and
released by Siemens. Information in this document supersedes
information in earlier versions of the Reference Guide or Application
Sheets.

Document ID: RG-32-01-3.05


Sysmex® CA-1500 System

Trademarks
Actin, BCS, BCT, Berichrom, Ci-Trol, Dade, Data-Fi, INNOVANCE, Innovin, Multifibren, Pathromtin,
ProC, Thromboclotin and Thromborel are trademarks of Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics.
** STA is a trademark of Diagnostica Stago.
SYSMEX is a trademark of SYSMEX CORPORATION.

Note
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics has validated the provided instructions, reagents, instruments, software and
customizable features for this system to optimize product performance and meet product specifications. User
defined modifications are not supported by Siemens as they may affect performance of the system and test
results. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications made to these instructions, instruments,
reagents or software provided by Siemens.

Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH

Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg
Germany

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 2


Sysmex® CA-1500 System

Revision History
Document Date Changes
Reference Guide 2015-01 New Application Sheets
3.05 None

Deleted Application Sheet


D-Dimer with D-Dimer PLUS; D-Dimer with Advanced D-Dimer

Revised Application Sheets


General changes
Application Sheets not listed below may contain sections highlighted in blue which
indicate editorial corrections without changes to content. These corrections may
lead to a higher version of concerned Application Sheets.

Newly symbols for the reagents and controls (in accordance with IFU) used.

Implementation of an Appendix II “Symbol names of required Materials”.

Changes in detail
Free Protein S with INNOVANCE® Free PS Ag
On-board Stability: Additional Notes
Previous Reference - See respective Reference Guide
Guide Versions

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 3


Sysmex® CA-1500 System

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 4


Sysmex® CA-1500 System

Table of Contents
Normal printed version number: Current version of the Application Sheet, no changes to the previous
Reference Guide
Bold version number: New Application Sheet version in this Reference Guide

Version Application Sheet Page


PT
®
11 PT seconds with Thromborel S ............................................................................................................................7
®
14 PT % with Thromborel S.....................................................................................................................................10
®
11 PT INR with Thromborel S..................................................................................................................................13
13 PT INR calibrated with Thromborel® S .................................................................................................................16
®
12 Derived Fibrinogen with Thromborel S ...............................................................................................................19
® ®
12 PT seconds with Dade Innovin .........................................................................................................................22
® ®
14 PT % with Dade Innovin ...................................................................................................................................25
12 PT INR with Dade Innovin® ................................................................................................................................28
®

® ®
11 PT INR calibrated with Dade Innovin ................................................................................................................31
12 Derived Fibrinogen with Dade® Innovin® ..............................................................................................................34

APTT
12 APTT with Dade® Actin® Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent ................................................................................37
® ®
12 APTT with Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent ...........................................................................................40
14 APTT with Dade® Actin® FSL Activated PTT Reagent .........................................................................................43
®
13 APTT with Pathromtin SL ...................................................................................................................................46

Fibrinogen
®
14 Fibrinogen with Multifibren U ..............................................................................................................................49
14 Fibrinogen with Dade® Thrombin Reagent ...........................................................................................................53

Thrombin Time / Batroxobin Time


13 Thrombin Time with Test Thrombin Reagent .......................................................................................................57
11 Thrombin Time with Thromboclotin® ....................................................................................................................60
11 Batroxobin Time with Batroxobin Reagent ...........................................................................................................63

Clotting Assays
®
12 Coagulation Factor II with Thromborel S ............................................................................................................66
10 Coagulation Factor II with Dade® Innovin® ...........................................................................................................69
®
10 Coagulation Factor V with Thromborel S ...........................................................................................................72
10 Coagulation Factor V with Dade Innovin® ...........................................................................................................75
®

®
10 Coagulation Factor VII with Thromborel S ..........................................................................................................78
10 Coagulation Factor VII with Dade Innovin® .........................................................................................................81
®

®
10 Coagulation Factor X with Thromborel S ............................................................................................................84
10 Coagulation Factor X with Dade Innovin® ...........................................................................................................87
®

® ®
11 Coagulation Factor VIII with Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent.....................................................90
11 Coagulation Factor VIII with Dade Actin® FS Activated PTT Reagent ................................................................93
®

® ®
11 Coagulation Factor VIII with Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent ..............................................................96
12 Coagulation Factor VIII with Pathromtin® SL .......................................................................................................99
® ®
11 Coagulation Factor IX with Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent.....................................................102
11 Coagulation Factor IX with Dade Actin® FS Activated PTT Reagent ................................................................105
®

® ®
11 Coagulation Factor IX with Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent ..............................................................108

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 5


Sysmex® CA-1500 System

® ®
11 Coagulation Factor XI with Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent.....................................................111
® ®
11 Coagulation Factor XI with Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent ................................................................114
® ®
09 Coagulation Factor XI with Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent ..............................................................117
®
12 Coagulation Factor XI with Pathromtin SL .......................................................................................................120
® ®
12 Coagulation Factor XII with Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent....................................................123
11 Coagulation Factor XII with Dade Actin® FS Activated PTT Reagent ...............................................................126
®

® ®
10 Coagulation Factor XII with Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent .............................................................129
13 Coagulation Factor XII with Pathromtin® SL .......................................................................................................132
12 Lupus Anticoagulant with LA 1 Screening Reagent / LA 2 Confirmation Reagent..............................................135
13 Protein C System with ProC® Global ..................................................................................................................139
®
12 Factor V Leiden with ProC Global / Factor V Deficient Plasma ........................................................................143
15 Factor V Leiden with Factor V Leiden Assay ......................................................................................................147
®
11 APC Resistance with ProC Ac R ......................................................................................................................151
13 Protein C with Protein C Reagent ......................................................................................................................155
11 Protein S with Protein S Ac ................................................................................................................................158

Chromogenic Assays
05 Antithrombin with INNOVANCE® Antithrombin ...................................................................................................161
®
13 Antithrombin III with Berichrom Antithrombin III (A) ..........................................................................................164
®
12 Heparin with Berichrom Heparin .......................................................................................................................167
®
06 Heparin (LMW) with Berichrom Heparin ...........................................................................................................170
®
06 Heparin (UF) with Berichrom Heparin...............................................................................................................173
®
14 Protein C with Berichrom Protein C ..................................................................................................................176
®
13 α2-Antiplasmin with Berichrom α2-Antiplasmin ..................................................................................................179
®
12 Plasminogen with Berichrom Plasminogen.......................................................................................................182
14 Coagulation Factor VIII with Factor VIII Chromogenic Assay .............................................................................185

Immunoassays
10 D-Dimer with INNOVANCE® D-Dimer ................................................................................................................188
®
03 Free Protein S with INNOVANCE Free PS Ag .................................................................................................193
12 von Willebrand Factor with vWF Ag ...................................................................................................................196

Others
03 von Willebrand Factor with INNOVANCE® VWF Ac ...........................................................................................201

Appendix I
®
Information on CA CLEAN I, CA CLEAN II and Dade CA System Buffer .........................................................206

Appendix II
Symbol names of required Materials ..................................................................................................................207

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 6


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
PT seconds with
®
Thromborel S
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Thromborel S B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
OUHP 4/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 B4244-30 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 291070 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 2 291071 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 3 291072 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
-/-

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
®
Thromborel S PT THS 24
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade Ci-Trol 1 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade Ci-Trol 2 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade Ci-Trol 3 8
CONTROL N 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 453
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 12

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 7


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
PT seconds with
®
Thromborel S

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Thromborel® S on BCT® System y = 1.04 x - 0.51 0.998
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 5 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 0.6 2.0 2.1
Pathological plasma pool 0.6 3.0 3.0

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: s
th th
Comments n Median 2.5 - 97.5 Percentile
— 155 10.8 9.8 - 12.2
Reference intervals vary from laboratory to laboratory depending on the population, the technique and reagent lot. Therefore, each
laboratory must establish its own reference intervals or verify them whenever one or more of the aforementioned variables are changed.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 8


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
PT seconds with
®
Thromborel S

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter PT
Sample Vol. 50 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent PT THS 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for PT THS
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 120 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. PT - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] s
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 9


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
PT % with
®
Thromborel S
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Thromborel S OUHP
B1 - B10 or C1 - C10 4/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
PT-Multi CALIBRATOR OPAT rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 6 x 11mL
-5 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1 - 5
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 B4244-30 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 291070 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 2 291071 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 291072 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
-/-

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
®
Thromborel S PT THS 24
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade Ci-Trol 2 8
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 8
CONTROL N 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 453
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 12

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 10


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
PT % with
®
Thromborel S

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
1. System Comparison (material: Thromborel® S with Calibration Plasmas)
2. Comparison of calibrators (material: Thromborel® S with Calibration Plasmas or with PT-Multi Calibrator)
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
® ®
1. Thromborel S on BCT System y = 1.08 x - 2.44 0.996
2. Thromborel® S with Calibration Plasmas on Sysmex® CA-1500 System y = 1.02 x + 0.87 0.999
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
The following studies have been calibrated with Calibration Plasmas.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 0.9 3.4 3.6
Pathological plasma pool 0.8 4.1 4.2

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: % of norm
th th
Comments n Median 2.5 - 97.5 Percentile
— 155 104 82 - 126
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 11


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
PT % with
®
Thromborel S

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter PT Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 50 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Parameter PT%
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Manual Dilution
Calibrator PT-Multi CALIBRATOR
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer (OVB)
First Reagent PT THS 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 PTMult1 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 PTMult2 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 PTMult3 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 PTMult4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 PTMult5 2
Detector Clot for PT THS Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 120 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. PT% - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
- Report Limit lower (<) 5.0 % Detector Settings
upper (>) 130.0 % Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
PT%
% s
118.0 10.1
66.0 14.1
43.0 19.1
23.0 34.8
13.0 60.5

Remarks
®
PT-Multi Calibrator Level 6 is not used in combination with Thromborel S.
If DFbg is used, data for DFbg master curve have to be re-entered after PT% calibration has been performed.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 12


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
PT INR with
®
Thromborel S
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Thromborel S OUHP
B1 - B10 or C1 - C10 4/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
STANDARD PLASMA ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 B4244-30 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 291070 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 2 291071 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 291072 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
-/-

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
®
Thromborel S PT THS 24
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade Ci-Trol 2 8
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 8
CONTROL N 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 378
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 12

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 13


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
PT INR with
®
Thromborel S

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Thromborel® S on BCT® System y = 0.99 x + 0.00 0.998
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 5 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 0.5 2.0 2.0
Pathological plasma pool 0.5 2.9 3.0

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
Not applicable.

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 14


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
PT INR with
®
Thromborel S

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter PT Calculation Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 50 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL - Calc. Para 3
Rinse None Parameter PT INR
Second Dilution 0 µL Unit —
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Rinse None Calc. Method ISI
Factor Plasma None 0 µL Standard Curve - Manual Entry
Enter the Normal seconds = MNPT and the ISI.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None
First Reagent PT THS 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for PT THS
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 120 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. PT INR - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] —
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Remarks
System specific MNPT and ISI have to be used.
The Mean Normal PT (MNPT) can be established with Standard Human Plasma. To use Standard Human Plasma, it has to be measured at
least twice and the obtained clotting time has to be divided by the ratio given for the PT reagent in the lot-specific Table of Analytical Values
of the plasma.
ISI values for prothrombin time must be entered directly as they appear on the lot-specific table of ISI values. Any changes of the reagent lot,
software (upgrades), major service, etc., require verification of the ISI value. Failure to enter the correct ISI value will cause incorrect
International Normalization Ratio (INR) results.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 15


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
PT INR calibrated with
®
Thromborel S
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Thromborel S OUHP
B1 - B10 or C1 - C10 4/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
PT-Multi CALIBRATOR OPAT rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 6 x 11mL
-5 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1 - 5
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 B4244-30 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 291070 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 2 291071 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 291072 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
-/-

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
®
Thromborel S PT THS 24
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade Ci-Trol 2 8
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 8
CONTROL N 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 453
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 12

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 16


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
PT INR calibrated with
®
Thromborel S

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Calibration with MNPT and ISI using Thromborel® S on Sysmex® CA-1500 System y = 0.88 x + 0.14 1.000
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 5 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 0.9 2.0 2.2
CONTROL N 0.4 0.8 0.9

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Not applicable.

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 17


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
PT INR calibrated with
®
Thromborel S

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter PT Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 50 µL - Calc. Para 3
Diluent Vol. No 0 µL Parameter PT INR
Rinse None Unit —
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Calibration
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Manual Dilution
Calibrator PT-Multi CALIBRATOR
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer (OVB)
First Reagent PT THS 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 PTMult1 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 PTMult2 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 PTMult3 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 PTMult4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 PTMult5 2
Detector Clot for PT THS Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 120 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. PT INR - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] —
- Report Limit lower (<) 0.80 Detector Settings
upper (>) 6.00 Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
PT INR
— s
0.92 10.4
1.26 14.6
1.67 20.2
2.68 33.8
4.89 64.5

Remarks
®
PT-Multi Calibrator Level 6 is not used in combination with Thromborel S.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 18


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Derived Fibrinogen with
®
Thromborel S
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Thromborel S OUHP
B1 - B10 or C1 - C10 4/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 2 291071 1 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
-/-

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
®
Thromborel S PT THS 24
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 2 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL --- *
Hemoglobin mg/dL 40
Bilirubin mg/dL 60
* Turbid samples are not suitable for Derived Fibrinogen determinations, as they may lead to abnormally low values. Interference of turbid
samples may occur even if triglyceride concentrations are within the normal range. Any questionable result should be followed up with a
more definitive quantitative method.
Limitations
Blood plasma substitutes that contain hydroxyethyl starch (HES) may interfere with the analysis. In a study with a HES solution (130/0.4) no
interference was observed up to 3 g HES per liter plasma.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 19


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Derived Fibrinogen with
®
Thromborel S

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Thrombin Reagent on Sysmex® CA-1500 System y = 1.20 x - 0.18 0.928
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (within-device CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.

Mean Repeatability Within-Device/Lab


(g/L) CV (%) CV (%)
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 2 2.6 1.8 2.6
Normal plasma pool 2.8 1.9 2.5

Measuring Range

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: g/L
Comments n Mean Median 2.5th - 97.5th Percentile
— 124 2.9 2.8 2.1 - 4.1
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 20


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Derived Fibrinogen with
®
Thromborel S

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Important Note:
Parameter PT The recommendation for the Number Format in Calculation
Sample Vol. 50 µL Parameter Settings differs from the information that is given
Diluent Vol. None µL in the Instructions for Use of the analyzer. Please check your
Host System for correct interpretation of transmitted results
Rinse None
whenever the Number Format will be changed.
Second Dilution 0 µL
Calculation Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Rinse None - Calc. Para 4
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Parameter DFbg
Unit g/L or mg/dL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Number Format XXX.X or XXXX
First Reagent PT THS 100 µL 180 sec
Calc. Method Lin-Lin Linear Regression
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Standard Curve - Manual Entry
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Enter the Derived Fibrinogen g/L or mg/dL concentrations
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
and the delta H of the master curve specified for the analyzer
Push-out Solution No 0 µL in the lot dependend table of values of the reagent.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for PT THS
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 120 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. DFbg - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] g/L or mg/dL
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


Verify the standard curve with the master curve provided with the PT reagent after each change of the reagent lot, and modify the standard
curve if necessary.
DFbg
g/L delta H
2.1 65
4.1 146

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 21


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
PT seconds with
® ®
Dade Innovin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
® ®
Dade Innovin B4212
B1 - B10 or C1 - C10 10/20 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 B4244-30 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 291070 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 2 291071 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 3 291072 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL A1
[1]
CA CLEAN II — —
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
® ®
Dade Innovin PT INN 48
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade Ci-Trol 2 8
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 8
CONTROL N 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 453
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 22


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
PT seconds with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Innovin® on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.97 x + 0.09 0.999
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 5 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 0.4 0.5 0.6
Pathological plasma pool 1.2 0.9 1.4

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: s
th th
Comments n Median 2.5 - 97.5 Percentile
— 155 10.4 9.6 - 11.5
Reference intervals vary from laboratory to laboratory depending on the population, the technique and reagent lot. Therefore, each
laboratory must establish its own reference intervals or verify them whenever one or more of the aforementioned variables are changed.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 23


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
PT seconds with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter PT
Sample Vol. 50 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent PT INN 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for PT Innovin (R)
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 100 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. PT - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] s
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Remarks
As an alternative test protocol it is permitted to extend the Maximum Time to 300 seconds when long coagulation times are expected.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 24


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
PT % with
® ®
Dade Innovin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
® ®
Dade Innovin B4212
B1 - B10 or C1 - C10 10/20 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
PT-Multi CALIBRATOR OPAT rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 6 x 11mL
-6 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1 - 6
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 B4244-30 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 291070 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 2 291071 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 291072 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CA CLEAN II —[1] —
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Dade® Innovin® PT INN 48
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade Ci-Trol 1 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade Ci-Trol 2 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade Ci-Trol 3 8
CONTROL N 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 453
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 25


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
PT % with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Test system for the first method comparison:
1. Dade® Innovin® with InnoCal Set
Test system for the second method comparison:
2. Dade® Innovin® with PT-Multi Calibrator (comparison of calibrators)
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
® ®
1. Thromborel S on BCT System y = 1.17 x - 9.25 0.982
2. Dade® Innovin® with InnoCal Set on Sysmex® CA-1500 System y = 1.00 x + 0.10 0.998
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 5 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 0.7 1.0 1.1
Pathological plasma pool 1.7 1.4 2.1

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: % of norm
th th
Comments n Median 2.5 - 97.5 Percentile
— 155 101 79 - 118
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 26


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
PT % with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter PT Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 50 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Parameter PT%
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Manual Dilution
Calibrator PT-Multi CALIBRATOR
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer (OVB)
First Reagent PT INN 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 PTMult1 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 PTMult2 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 PTMult3 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 PTMult4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 PTMult5 2
Detector Clot for PT Innovin (R) Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 PTMult6 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 100 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. PT% - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
- Report Limit lower (<) 5.0 % Detector Settings
upper (>) 130.0 % Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
PT%
% s
103.0 10.7
64.0 12.8
42.0 16.0
22.0 26.1
12.0 42.7
9.0 50.7

Remarks
If DFbg is used, data for DFbg master curve have to be re-entered after PT% calibration has been performed.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 27


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
PT INR with
® ®
Dade Innovin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
® ®
Dade Innovin B4212
B1 - B10 or C1 - C10 10/20 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
STANDARD PLASMA ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 B4244-30 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 291070 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 2 291071 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 291072 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Dade® Innovin® PT INN 48
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade Ci-Trol 1 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade Ci-Trol 2 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade Ci-Trol 3 8
CONTROL N 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 28


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
PT INR with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Innovin® on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.99 x - 0.01 0.999
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 5 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 0.4 0.5 0.6
Pathological plasma pool 1.2 0.9 1.4

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
Not applicable.

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 29


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
PT INR with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter PT Calculation Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 50 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL - Calc. Para 3
Rinse None Parameter PT INR
Second Dilution 0 µL Unit —
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Rinse None Calc. Method ISI
Factor Plasma None 0 µL Standard Curve - Manual Entry
Enter the Normal seconds = MNPT and the ISI.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None
First Reagent PT INN 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for PT Innovin (R)
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 100 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. PT INR - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] —
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Remarks
System specific MNPT and ISI have to be used.
The Mean Normal PT (MNPT) can be established with Standard Human Plasma. To use Standard Human Plasma, it has to be measured at
least twice and the obtained clotting time has to be divided by the ratio given for the PT reagent in the lot-specific Table of Analytical Values
of the plasma.
ISI values for prothrombin time must be entered directly as they appear on the lot-specific table of ISI values. Any changes of the reagent lot,
software (upgrades), major service, etc., require verification of the ISI value. Failure to enter the correct ISI value will cause incorrect
International Normalization Ratio (INR) results.
As an alternative test protocol it is permitted to extend the Maximum Time to 300 seconds when long coagulation times are expected.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 30


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
PT INR calibrated with
® ®
Dade Innovin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
® ®
Dade Innovin B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
B4212 10/20 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
PT-Multi CALIBRATOR OPAT 6 x 1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1 - 6
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 B4244-30 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 291070 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 2 291071 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 291072 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CA CLEAN II —[1] —
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Dade® Innovin® PT INN 48
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade Ci-Trol 1 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade Ci-Trol 2 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade Ci-Trol 3 8
CONTROL N 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 453
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 31


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
PT INR calibrated with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Calibration with MNPT and ISI using Dade® Innovin® on Sysmex® CA-1500 System y = 0.97 x + 0.02 1.000
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 5 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 0.5 1.2 1.3
CONTROL N 0.4 0.3 0.5

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Not applicable.

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 32


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
PT INR calibrated with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter PT Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 50 µL - Calc. Para 3
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Parameter PT INR
Rinse None Unit —
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Calibration
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Manual Dilution
Calibrator PT-Multi CALIBRATOR
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer (OVB)
First Reagent PT INN 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 PTMult1 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 PTMult2 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 PTMult3 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 PTMult4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 PTMult5 2
Detector Clot for PT Innovin (R) Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 PTMult6 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 100 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. PT INR - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] —
- Report Limit lower (<) 0.80 Detector Settings
upper (>) 6.00 Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
PT INR
— s
0.96 10.0
1.16 12.0
1.44 15.1
2.14 23.1
3.66 38.5
4.84 50.8

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 33


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Derived Fibrinogen with
® ®
Dade Innovin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
® ®
Dade Innovin B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
B4212 10/20 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 2 291071 1 mL
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Dade® Innovin® PT INN 48
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade Ci-Trol 2 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL ---*
Hemoglobin mg/dL 100
Bilirubin mg/dL 24
* Turbid samples are not suitable for Derived Fibrinogen determinations, as they may lead to abnormally low values. Interference of turbid
samples may occur even if triglyceride concentrations are within the normal range. Any questionable result should be followed up with a
more definitive quantitative method.
Limitations
Blood plasma substitutes that contain hydroxyethyl starch (HES) may interfere with the analysis. In a study with a HES solution (130/0.4) no
interference was observed up to 3 g HES per liter plasma.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 34


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Derived Fibrinogen with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Thrombin Reagent on Sysmex® CA-1500 System y = 1.25 x - 0.55 0.848
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (within-device CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.

Mean Repeatability Within-Device/Lab


(g/L) CV (%) CV (%)
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 2 2.5 3.0 4.2
Normal plasma pool 2.8 2.4 3.1

Measuring Range

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: g/L
Comments n Mean Median 2.5th - 97.5th Percentile
— 124 2.7 2.6 1.8 - 4.0
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 35


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Derived Fibrinogen with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Important Note:
Parameter PT The recommendation for the Number Format in Calculation
Sample Vol. 50 µL Parameter Settings differs from the information that is given
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL in the Instructions for Use of the analyzer. Please check your
Host System for correct interpretation of transmitted results
Rinse None
whenever the Number Format will be changed.
Second Dilution 0 µL
Calculation Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Rinse None - Calc. Para 4
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Parameter DFbg
Unit g/L or mg/dL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Number Format XXX.X or XXXX
First Reagent PT INN 100 µL 180 sec
Calc. Method Lin-Lin Linear Regression
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Standard Curve - Manual Entry
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Enter the Derived Fibrinogen g/L or mg/dL concentrations
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
and the delta H of the master curve specified for the analyzer
Push-out Solution No 0 µL in the lot dependend table of values of the reagent.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for PT Innovin (R)
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 100 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. DFbg - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] g/L or mg/dL
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


Verify the standard curve with the master curve provided with the PT reagent after each change of the reagent lot, and modify the standard
curve if necessary.
DFbg
g/L delta H
1.8 39
4.0 85

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 36


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
APTT with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN B1 - B10 orB4218-1/-2
C1 - C10 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 B4244-30 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 1 291070 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 2 291071 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 3 291072 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
-/-

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN APTT ACT 48
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade Ci-Trol 2 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade Ci-Trol 3 8
CONTROL N 8
CaCl2 SOLUTION CaCl2 48

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 331
Hemoglobin mg/dL 400
Bilirubin mg/dL 12

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 37


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
APTT with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.95 x + 1.02 0.988
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 5 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.6 1.1 1.9
Pathological plasma pool 0.8 1.5 1.7

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: s
th th
Comments n Mean Median 5 - 95 Percentile
— 111 26.7 26.6 22.7 - 31.8
Reference intervals vary from laboratory to laboratory depending on the population, the technique and reagent lot. Therefore, each
laboratory must establish its own reference intervals or verify them whenever one or more of the aforementioned variables are changed.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 38


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
APTT with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter APTT
Sample Vol. 50 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent APTT ACT 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for APTT Actin (R)
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 180 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. APTT - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] s
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 39


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
APTT with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN FS B1 - B10B4218-20/-100
or C1 - C10 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 B4244-30 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 1 291070 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 2 291071 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 3 291072 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
-/-

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN FS APTT FS 48
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade Ci-Trol 2 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade Ci-Trol 3 8
CONTROL N 8
CaCl2 SOLUTION CaCl2 48

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 331
Hemoglobin mg/dL 600
Bilirubin mg/dL 2.4

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 40


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
APTT with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® FS Activated PTT Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 1.01 x - 0.30 0.997
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 5 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.5 1.1 1.8
Pathological plasma pool 0.5 2.0 2.0

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: s
th th
Comments n Mean Median 5 - 95 Percentile
— 111 25.2 25.1 22.1 - 28.1
Reference intervals vary from laboratory to laboratory depending on the population, the technique and reagent lot. Therefore, each
laboratory must establish its own reference intervals or verify them whenever one or more of the aforementioned variables are changed.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 41


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
APTT with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter APTT
Sample Vol. 50 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent APTT FS 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for APTT FS
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 180 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. APTT - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] s
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 42


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
APTT with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN FSL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
B4219 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 B4244-30 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 1 291070 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 2 291071 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 3 291072 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
-/-

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN FSL APTT FSL 48
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade Ci-Trol 2 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade Ci-Trol 3 8
CONTROL N 8
CaCl2 SOLUTION CaCl2 48

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 331
Hemoglobin mg/dL 200
Bilirubin mg/dL 12

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 43


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
APTT with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® FSL Activated PTT Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 1.00 x + 0.15 0.995
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 5 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.1 1.4 2.4
Pathological plasma pool 0.5 1.9 2.0

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: s
th th
Comments n Mean Median 5 - 95 Percentile
— 111 27.6 27.3 25.0 - 31.3
Reference intervals vary from laboratory to laboratory depending on the population, the technique and reagent lot. Therefore, each
laboratory must establish its own reference intervals or verify them whenever one or more of the aforementioned variables are changed.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 44


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
APTT with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter APTT
Sample Vol. 50 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent APTT FSL 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for APTT FSL
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 180 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. APTT - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] s
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Remarks
As an alternative test protocol it is permitted to extend the Maximum Time to 300 seconds when long coagulation times are expected.
According to Sysmex' troubleshooting instructions (CA series Measurement Evaluation and Check Methods), the Maximum Time can be
extended to 600 seconds, if an Analysis Time Over error still persists with the measurement.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 45


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
APTT with
®
Pathromtin SL
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Pathromtin SL B1 - B10 OQGS 5 mL B1 - B10
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 B4244-20 1 mL
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 B4244-30 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 291070 1 mL
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 2 291071 1 mL
Dade® Ci-Trol® 3 291072 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10

Additional Notes
The reagent must be gently inverted (5 to 8 times) to mix before first use.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Pathromtin® SL APTT PSL 48
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade Ci-Trol 1 8
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 2 8
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3/ Dade Ci-Trol 3 8
CONTROL N 8
CaCl2 SOLUTION CaCl2 48

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 331
Hemoglobin mg/dL 400
Bilirubin mg/dL 6

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 46


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
APTT with
®
Pathromtin SL

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Pathromtin® SL on BCT® System y = 1.07 x - 1.26 0.997
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 5 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.4 2.5 3.4
Pathological plasma pool 0.4 2.1 2.1

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: s
th th
Comments n Mean Median 5 - 95 Percentile
— 100 31.2 30.9 26.4 - 37.5
Reference intervals vary from laboratory to laboratory depending on the population, the technique and reagent lot. Therefore, each
laboratory must establish its own reference intervals or verify them whenever one or more of the aforementioned variables are changed.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 47


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
APTT with
®
Pathromtin SL

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter APTT
Sample Vol. 50 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent APTT PSL 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for APTT PSL
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 180 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. APTT - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] s
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 48


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 4
Fibrinogen with
®
Multifibren U
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Multifibren U B1 - B10 OWZG 2/5 mL B1 - B10
FIBRINOGEN CALIBRATOR OQVK rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 6 x 11mL
-6 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1 - 6
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 1 291070 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
[1]
CA CLEAN II A1 — — A1

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
®
Multifibren U Fbg MFU 48
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade Ci-Trol 1 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 289
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 24

Limitations
The presence of elevated triglyceride concentrations or any other turbidity in the sample may interfere with the analysis.
Blood plasma substitutes that contain hydroxyethyl starch (HES) may interfere with the analysis. In a study with a HES solution (130/0.4) no
interference was observed up to 3 g HES per liter plasma.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 49


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 4
Fibrinogen with
®
Multifibren U

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Multifibren® U on BCT® System y = 0.98 x - 0.18 0.957
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.1 3.4 4.0
CONTROL P 3.3 2.9 4.2

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: g/L
th th
Comments n Mean Median 5 - 95 Percentile
— 149 2.7 2.6 2.0 - 3.7
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 50


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 4
Fibrinogen with
®
Multifibren U

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Important Note:
Parameter Fbg The recommendation for the Number Format in Calculation
Sample Vol. 100 µL Parameter Settings differs from the information that is given
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL in the Instructions for Use of the analyzer. Please check your
Host System for correct interpretation of transmitted results
Rinse None
whenever the Number Format will be changed.
Second Dilution 0 µL
Calculation Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Rinse None - Calc. Para 1
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Parameter Fbg
Unit g/L or mg/dL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Number Format XXX.X or XXXX
First Reagent Fbg MFU 100 µL 60 sec
Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x2
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calibration Mode Manual Dilution
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calibrator Fib. Calibrator Kit
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Buffer (OVB)
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Refer to the table of assigned values for the lot specific
Push-out Solution No 0 µL calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Repl.
Detector Clot for Fbg.MFU Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 FbgStd.1 2
Sens Low Sens Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 FbgStd.2 2
Maximum Time 150 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 FbgStd.3 2
Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 FbgStd.4 2
Data Check Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 FbgStd.5 2
Settings - Data Check Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 FbgStd.6 2
- Select param. Param. Fbg
[Unit] g/L or mg/dL
Number of Replicates
- Report Limit lower (<) 0.7 g/L or 70 mg/dL Settings - Analysis Settings
upper (>) 8.0 g/L or 800 mg/dL - Replic. No. of Replicates 1

Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 30

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 51


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 4 of 4
Fibrinogen with
®
Multifibren U

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
Fbg
g/L s
8.0 7.5
5.4 8.7
3.5 11.1
2.4 14.0
1.1 26.0
0.7 48.1

Remarks
The detector may be changed to 'Clot for TTO‘ as an option. In this case it is crucial to modify the analysis parameter for this assay. The
necessary technical modification has to be done by a Siemens representative.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 52


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 4
Fibrinogen with
®
Dade Thrombin Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
FIBRINOGEN DETERMINATION — B4233-15SY Kit —
THROMBIN REAGENT B1 - B10 — 1 mL B1 - B10
FIBRINOGEN STANDARD — rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
OV BUFFER (OVB) E1 — 15 mL E1
THROMBIN REAGENT B1 - B10 B4233-25/-27
or C1 - C10 1/5 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 1 291070 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
Data-Fi FIBRINOGEN CONTROL B4233-22 1 mL
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
THROMBIN REAGENT Fbg 32
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade Ci-Trol 1 6
CONTROL N 6
CONTROL P 8
Data-Fi FIBRINOGEN CONTROL 8
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (in GW5 or GW15 vials) 8
OV BUFFER (in GW5 or GW15 vials) 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 53


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 4
Fibrinogen with
®
Dade Thrombin Reagent

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 284
Hemoglobin mg/dL 100
Bilirubin mg/dL 6

Limitations
If samples are measured in a 1:5 dilution, any presence of elevated triglycerides or any other turbidity in the sample may interfere the
analysis.

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
® ®
Dade Thrombin Reagent on Sysmex CA-6000 System y = 0.96 x + 1.46 0.990
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.6 2.7 3.1
CONTROL P 6.4 3.5 7.0

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: g/L
Comments n Mean Median 5th - 95th Percentile
— 149 2.56 2.50 1.95 - 3.40
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 54


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 4
Fibrinogen with
®
Dade Thrombin Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Important Note:
Parameter Fbg The recommendation for the Number Format in Calculation
Sample Vol. 10 µL Parameter Settings differs from the information that is given
Diluent Vol. OVB 90 µL in the Instructions for Use of the analyzer. Please check your
Host System for correct interpretation of transmitted results
Rinse None
whenever the Number Format will be changed.
Second Dilution 0 µL
Calculation Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Rinse None - Calc. Para 1
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Parameter Fbg
Unit g/L or mg/dL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Number Format XX.XX or XXXX
First Reagent Fbg 50 µL 180 sec
Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calibrator SHP or Fibrinogen Standard
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Buffer OVB
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
Push-out Solution No 0 µL calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Repl.
Detector Clot for Fbg Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 2/1 2
Sens High Sens Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 3/2 2
Maximum Time 100 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/1 2
Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/2 2
Data Check Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/3 2
Settings - Data Check Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
- Select param. Param. Fbg
[Unit] g/L or mg/dL
Number of Replicates
- Report Limit lower (<) 0.50 g/L or 50 mg/dL Settings - Analysis Settings
upper (>) 10.00 g/L or 1000 mg/dL - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
- Redil. Limits ON / OFF ON
lower (-) 0.90 g/L or 90 mg/dL Detector Settings
upper (+) 5.00 g/L or 500 mg/dL Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 55


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 4 of 4
Fibrinogen with
®
Dade Thrombin Reagent

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
Fbg
g/L s
5.00 3.9
3.75 4.8
2.50 6.9
1.25 13.1
0.83 19.7

Remarks
The automatic redilution of samples is not available in the „Micro Mode“. Sample results outside the concentration range of the standard
curve are extrapolated, and therefore, have a higher potential to be inaccurate. Therefore, results of samples measured in the
„Micro Mode“ may only be released if the results are within the concentration range of the standard curve.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 56


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Thrombin Time with
Test Thrombin Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
TEST THROMBIN OWHM Kit —
REAGENT DILUENT — 50 mL
REAGENT B1 - B10 or C1—
- C10 5 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 1 291070 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2

Additional Notes
-/-
Limitations
If the Thrombin Time is longer than the reference interval, determine the fibrinogen concentration. Report Thrombin Time if the fibrinogen
concentration is below or equal to 5 g/L. Do not report Thrombin Time if the fibrinogen concentration is higher than 5 g/L.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT Test Thr 48
CONTROL N 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 290
Hemoglobin mg/dL 100
Bilirubin mg/dL 6

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 57


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Thrombin Time with
Test Thrombin Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Test Thrombin Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.77 x + 4.84 0.980
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 1.7 4.5 4.8
CONTROL N 2.3 1.8 2.8
Heparinized plasma 2.6 4.4 5.1

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: s
Comments n Mean Median 2.5th - 97.5th Percentile
— 107 17.2 17.2 16.0 - 18.6
Reference intervals vary from laboratory to laboratory depending on the population, the technique and reagent lot. Therefore, each
laboratory must establish its own reference intervals or verify them whenever one or more of the aforementioned variables are changed.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 58


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Thrombin Time with
Test Thrombin Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter TT
Sample Vol. 50 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent Test Thr 100 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for TT
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 150 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. TT - Replic. No. of Replicates 2
[Unit] s
- Replic. Limits Difference Limit 15 % Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 30

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 59


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Thrombin Time with
®
Thromboclotin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Thromboclotin C1 - C10 281007 10 mL C1 - C10
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 1 291070 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2

Additional Notes
-/-
Limitations
If the Thrombin Time is longer than the reference interval, determine the fibrinogen concentration. Report Thrombin Time if the fibrinogen
concentration is below or equal to 7 g/L. Do not report the Thrombin Time if the fibrinogen concentration is higher than 7 g/L.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
®
Thromboclotin Thromboc 48
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade Ci-Trol 1 8
CONTROL N 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 453
Hemoglobin mg/dL 200
Bilirubin mg/dL 36

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 60


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Thrombin Time with
®
Thromboclotin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Thromboclotin® on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 1.14 x - 5.11 0.932
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.3 2.4 2.7
Pathological plasma pool 1.9 7.6 7.9

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent.
Reference intervals vary from laboratory to laboratory depending on the population, the technique and reagent lot. Therefore, each
laboratory must establish its own reference intervals or verify them whenever one or more of the aforementioned variables are changed.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 61


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Thrombin Time with
®
Thromboclotin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter TT
Sample Vol. 100 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent Thromboc 100 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for TT.TCL
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 120 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. TT - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] s
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 62


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Batroxobin Time with
Batroxobin Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
Batroxobin REAGENT B1 - B10 OUOV 5 mL B1 - B10
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 291070 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2

Additional Notes
-/-

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Batroxobin REAGENT Batrox 48
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 8
CONTROL N 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 63


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Batroxobin Time with
Batroxobin Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Batroxobin Reagent on BCT® System y = 0.88 x + 5.24 0.993
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 0.8 0.5 1.0
Pathological plasma pool 2.7 3.3 4.1

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: s
th th
Comments n Mean Median 5 - 95 Percentile
— 127 18.6 18.5 17.7 - 19.9
Reference intervals vary from laboratory to laboratory depending on the population, the technique and reagent lot. Therefore, each
laboratory must establish its own reference intervals or verify them whenever one or more of the aforementioned variables are changed.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 64


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Batroxobin Time with
Batroxobin Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter BXT
Sample Vol. 50 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent Batrox 100 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for other
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 150 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. BXT - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] s
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 65


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor II with
®
Thromborel S
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Thromborel S OUHP
B1 - B10 or C1 - C10 4/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR II DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OSGR 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
Thromborel® S has to be mixed carefully every 8 h on board.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Thromborel® S PT THS 24
FACTOR II DEFICIENT II 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 1298
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 66


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor II with
®
Thromborel S

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Thromborel® S on BCT® System y = 1.10 x + 0.15 0.976
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 4.1 5.4 6.7
CONTROL P 3.2 2.0 3.6

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors II, VII and X Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 67


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor II with
®
Thromborel S

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter II Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter II %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma II 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent PT THS 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/10 2
Detector Clot for Ext.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/16 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. II % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
II %
% s
145.5 18.3
97.0 20.6
48.5 25.9
24.2 34.1
9.7 51.4
6.1 71.9

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 68


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor II with
® ®
Dade Innovin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
® ®
Dade Innovin B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
B4212 10/20 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR II DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OSGR 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
ORKL rack position 1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Dade® Innovin® PT INN 48
FACTOR II DEFICIENT II 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 3029
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 69


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor II with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Innovin® on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.99 x - 0.52 0.997
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.9 4.0 4.9
CONTROL P 2.2 0.6 2.1

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors II, VII and X Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 70


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor II with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter II Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter II %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma II 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent PT INN 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/10 2
Detector Clot for Ext.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/16 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. II % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
II %
% s
145.5 15.5
97.0 18.8
48.5 25.2
24.2 37.0
9.7 71.0
6.1 95.6

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 71


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor V with
®
Thromborel S
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Thromborel S OUHP
B1 - B10 or C1 - C10 4/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR V DEFICIENT D1 - D14 ORSM 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
®
Thromborel S PT THS 24
FACTOR V DEFICIENT V 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 3029
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 72


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor V with
®
Thromborel S

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Thromborel® S on BCT® System y = 0.93 x + 0.97 0.975
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.4 5.1 5.6
CONTROL P 1.5 1.2 1.9

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factor V Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 73


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor V with
®
Thromborel S

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter V Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter V%
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma V 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent PT THS 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/10 2
Detector Clot for Ext.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/16 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. V% - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
V%
% s
138.0 21.0
92.0 23.9
46.0 29.7
23.0 36.6
9.2 47.4
5.8 54.9

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 74


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor V with
® ®
Dade Innovin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
® ®
Dade Innovin B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
B4212 10/20 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR V DEFICIENT D1 - D14 ORSM 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
ORKL rack position 1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Dade® Innovin® PT INN 24
FACTOR V DEFICIENT V 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 3029
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 12

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 75


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor V with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Innovin® on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.97 x - 0.33 0.983
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 4.6 4.3 6.1
CONTROL P 3.9 2.8 4.6

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factor V Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 76


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor V with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter V Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter V%
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma V 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent PT INN 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/10 2
Detector Clot for Ext.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/16 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. V% - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
V%
% s
138.0 15.9
92.0 17.8
46.0 21.1
23.0 26.3
9.2 34.0
5.8 40.4

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 77


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor VII with
®
Thromborel S
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Thromborel S OUHP
B1 - B10 or C1 - C10 4/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR VII DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OTXV 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
®
Thromborel S PT THS 24
FACTOR VII DEFICIENT VII 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 3029
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 12

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 78


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor VII with
®
Thromborel S

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Thromborel® S on BCT® System y = 0.87 x - 0.66 0.984
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.4 3.7 4.3
CONTROL P 2.1 4.7 5.2

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors II, VII and X Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 79


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor VII with
®
Thromborel S

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter VII Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter VII %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma VII 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent PT THS 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/10 2
Detector Clot for Ext.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/16 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. VII % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
VII %
% s
139.5 19.6
93.0 22.5
46.5 28.3
23.2 36.2
9.3 49.6
5.8 58.0

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 80


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor VII with
® ®
Dade Innovin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
® ®
Dade Innovin B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
B4212 10/20 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR VII DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OTXV 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
ORKL rack position 1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Dade® Innovin® PT INN 24
FACTOR VII DEFICIENT VII 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 930
Hemoglobin mg/dL 566
Bilirubin mg/dL 27

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 81


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor VII with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Innovin® on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 1.04 x - 1.67 0.997
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.5 1.5 2.7
CONTROL P 2.3 2.1 3.0

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors II, VII and X Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 82


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor VII with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter VII Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter VII %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma VII 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent PT INN 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/10 2
Detector Clot for Ext.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/16 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. VII % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
VII %
% s
145.5 17.8
97.0 20.9
48.5 28.5
24.2 39.1
9.7 61.9
6.1 78.2

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 83


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor X with
®
Thromborel S
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Thromborel S OUHP
B1 - B10 or C1 - C10 4/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR X DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OTXY 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
®
Thromborel S PT THS 24
FACTOR X DEFICIENT X 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 84


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor X with
®
Thromborel S

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Thromborel® S on BCT® System y = 0.86 x + 0.92 0.991
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.3 3.4 3.7
CONTROL P 1.5 2.8 3.2

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors II, VII and X Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 85


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor X with
®
Thromborel S

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter X Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter X%
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma X 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent PT THS 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/10 2
Detector Clot for Ext.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/16 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. X% - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
X%
% s
148.5 22.2
99.0 26.0
49.5 34.3
24.8 47.2
9.9 73.0
6.2 92.6

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 86


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor X with
® ®
Dade Innovin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
® ®
Dade Innovin B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
B4212 10/20 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR X DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OTXY 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
ORKL rack position 1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Dade® Innovin® PT INN 24
FACTOR X DEFICIENT X 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 87


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor X with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Innovin® on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 1.01 x - 0.88 0.997
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.8 1.3 2.1
CONTROL P 1.6 1.3 2.0

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors II, VII and X Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 88


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor X with
® ®
Dade Innovin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter X Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter X%
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma X 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent PT INN 100 µL 180 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/10 2
Detector Clot for Ext.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/16 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. X% - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
X%
% s
148.5 17.6
99.0 20.4
49.5 26.7
24.8 36.1
9.9 58.6
6.2 76.4

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 89


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN B1 - B10 orB4218-1/-2
C1 - C10 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR VIII DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OTXW 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN APTT ACT 48
FACTOR VIII DEFICIENT VIII 4
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 400
Bilirubin mg/dL 36

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 90


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.98 x + 4.35 0.995
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.9 1.5 2.3
CONTROL P 2.3 5.9 6.3

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 91


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter VIII Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter VIII %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma VIII 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT ACT 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 2/1 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 3/2 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/1 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/8 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/32 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. VIII % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
VIII %
% s
182.0 50.2
136.5 53.4
91.0 58.6
45.5 67.2
11.4 85.6
2.8 105.6

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 92


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN FS B1 - B10B4218-20/-100
or C1 - C10 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR VIII DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OTXW 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN FS APTT FS 48
FACTOR VIII DEFICIENT VIII 4
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 400
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 93


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® FS Activated PTT Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 1.05 x + 3.66 0.993
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 3.1 4.5 5.4
CONTROL P 3.6 8.0 8.7

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 94


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter VIII Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter VIII %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. No 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma VIII 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT FS 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 2/1 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 3/2 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/1 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/8 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/32 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. VIII % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
VIII %
% s
182.0 69.1
136.5 73.6
91.0 80.2
45.5 91.6
11.4 114.6
2.8 138.8

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 95


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN FSL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
B4219 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR VIII DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OTXW 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN FSL APTT FSL 48
FACTOR VIII DEFICIENT VIII 4
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 1000
Hemoglobin mg/dL 471
Bilirubin mg/dL 31

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 96


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® FSL Activated PTT Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.96 x + 4.25 0.990
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.6 3.3 3.6
CONTROL P 1.8 4.3 4.6

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 97


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter VIII Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter VIII %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma VIII 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT FSL 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 2/1 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 3/2 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/1 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/8 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/32 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. VIII % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
VIII %
% s
182.0 64.6
136.5 68.0
91.0 74.1
45.5 84.4
11.4 109.4
2.8 134.4

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 98


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
®
Pathromtin SL
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Pathromtin SL B1 - B10 OQGS 5 mL B1 - B10
FACTOR VIII DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OTXW 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL

Additional Notes
The reagent must be gently inverted (5 to 8 times) to mix before first use.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Pathromtin® SL APTT PSL 48
FACTOR VIII DEFICIENT VIII 4
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 472
Hemoglobin mg/dL 272
Bilirubin mg/dL 5

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 99


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
®
Pathromtin SL

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Pathromtin® SL on BCT® System y = 1.05 x - 8.09 0.978
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 4.3 3.9 5.6
CONTROL P 5.2 8.3 9.7

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 100


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
®
Pathromtin SL

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter VIII Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter VIII %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma VIII 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT PSL 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 2/1 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 3/2 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/1 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/8 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/32 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. VIII % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
VIII %
% s
182.0 57.6
136.5 60.8
91.0 65.9
45.5 74.7
11.4 96.0
2.8 118.8

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 101


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor IX with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN B1 - B10 orB4218-1/-2
C1 - C10 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR IX DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OTXX 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN APTT ACT 24
FACTOR IX DEFICIENT IX 2
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 3029
Hemoglobin mg/dL 600
Bilirubin mg/dL 36

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 102


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor IX with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 1.04 x - 3.51 0.990
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.8 5.0 5.3
CONTROL P 3.3 2.8 4.2

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 103


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor IX with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter IX Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter IX %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma IX 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT ACT 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/32 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. IX % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
IX %
% s
145.5 52.0
97.0 57.3
48.5 66.1
12.1 88.8
3.0 114.6

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 104


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor IX with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN FS B1 - B10B4218-20/-100
or C1 - C10 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR IX DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OTXX 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN FS APTT FS 24
FACTOR IX DEFICIENT IX 2
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 200
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 105


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor IX with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® FS Activated PTT Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.97 x + 0.29 0.988
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 3.1 1.8 3.4
CONTROL P 2.3 3.6 4.3

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 106


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor IX with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter IX Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter IX %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma IX 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT FS 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/32 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. IX % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
IX %
% s
145.5 61.8
97.0 67.8
48.5 76.6
12.1 100.8
3.0 125.1

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 107


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor IX with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN FSL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
B4219 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR IX DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OTXX 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN FSL APTT FSL 24
FACTOR IX DEFICIENT IX 2
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 600
Bilirubin mg/dL 36

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 108


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor IX with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® FSL Activated PTT Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 1.05 x - 2.52 0.973
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.4 1.8 2.9
CONTROL P 3.8 3.8 5.2

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 109


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor IX with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter IX Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter IX %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma IX 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT FSL 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/32 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. IX % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
IX %
% s
145.5 46.7
97.0 50.7
48.5 57.4
12.1 75.3
3.0 96.2

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 110


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor XI with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN B1 - B10 orB4218-1/-2
C1 - C10 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR XI DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OSDF 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN APTT ACT 48
FACTOR XI DEFICIENT XI 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 200
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 111


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor XI with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.99 x + 1.11 0.993
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.1 4.7 5.2
CONTROL P 2.1 6.9 7.3

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 112


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor XI with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter XI Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter XI %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma XI 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT ACT 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/32 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/128 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. XI % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
XI %
% s
139.5 51.6
93.0 56.2
46.5 64.4
11.6 85.0
2.9 105.9
0.7 120.3

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 113


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor XI with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN FS B1 - B10B4218-20/-100
or C1 - C10 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR XI DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OSDF 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN FS APTT FS 48
FACTOR XI DEFICIENT XI 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 400
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 114


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor XI with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® FS Activated PTT Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 1.08 x + 1.90 0.986
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.8 5.6 6.3
CONTROL P 3.2 1.9 3.6

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 115


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor XI with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter XI Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter XI %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma XI 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT FS 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/32 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/128 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. XI % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
XI %
% s
139.5 75.9
93.0 83.6
46.5 98.2
11.6 132.0
2.9 166.6
0.7 193.5

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 116


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor XI with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN FSL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
B4219 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR XI DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OSDF 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN FSL APTT FSL 48
FACTOR XI DEFICIENT XI 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 400
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 117


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor XI with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® FSL Activated PTT Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 1.00 x + 1.32 0.966
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.5 10.2 10.4
CONTROL P 2.3 11.7 12.0

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 118


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor XI with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter XI Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter XI %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma XI 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT FSL 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/32 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/128 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. XI % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
XI %
% s
139.5 76.1
93.0 83.8
46.5 98.3
11.6 131.6
2.9 166.5
0.7 194.8

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 119


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor XI with
®
Pathromtin SL
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Pathromtin SL B1 - B10 OQGS 5 mL B1 - B10
FACTOR XI DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OSDF 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL

Additional Notes
The reagent must be gently inverted (5 to 8 times) to mix before first use.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Pathromtin® SL APTT PSL 48
FACTOR XI DEFICIENT XI 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 453
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 6

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 120


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor XI with
®
Pathromtin SL

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Pathromtin® SL on BCT® System y = 0.99 x - 2.82 0.976
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 4.0 4.9 6.2
CONTROL P 5.2 9.9 11.1

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 121


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor XI with
®
Pathromtin SL

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter XI Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter XI %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma XI 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT PSL 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/32 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/128 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. XI % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
XI %
% s
139.5 61.2
93.0 67.0
46.5 76.9
11.6 99.0
2.9 118.0
0.7 128.3

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 122


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor XII with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN B1 - B10 orB4218-1/-2
C1 - C10 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR XII DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OSDG 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN APTT ACT 24
FACTOR XII DEFICIENT XII 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 400
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 123


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor XII with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.97 x + 0.22 0.992
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.3 5.7 6.1
CONTROL P 1.7 2.5 3.0

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 124


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor XII with
® ®
Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter XII Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter XII %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma XII 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT ACT 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/32 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. XII % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
XII %
% s
142.5 44.3
95.0 48.0
47.5 55.3
11.9 92.6
3.0 169.4

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 125


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor XII with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN FS B1 - B10B4218-20/-100
or C1 - C10 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR XII DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OSDG 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN FS APTT FS 24
FACTOR XII DEFICIENT XII 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 126


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor XII with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® FS Activated PTT Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 1.08 x + 0.50 0.991
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.8 2.9 4.0
CONTROL P 1.5 1.4 2.0

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 127


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor XII with
® ®
Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter XII Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter XII %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma XII 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT FS 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/32 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 - -
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. XII % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
XII %
% s
142.5 51.9
95.0 56.0
47.5 63.0
11.9 91.8
3.0 167.8

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 128


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor XII with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
ACTIN FSL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
B4219 2/10 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
FACTOR XII DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OSDG 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIN FSL APTT FSL 24
FACTOR XII DEFICIENT XII 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 400
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 129


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor XII with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Dade® Actin® FSL Activated PTT Reagent on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 1.01 x - 3.70 0.993
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.8 4.5 4.8
CONTROL P 1.6 2.3 2.8

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 130


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor XII with
® ®
Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter XII Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter XII %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma XII 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT FSL 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/32 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 - -
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. XII % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
XII %
% s
142.5 52.0
95.0 56.0
47.5 63.5
11.9 90.5
3.0 164.7

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 131


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor XII with
®
Pathromtin SL
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
Pathromtin SL B1 - B10 OQGS 5 mL B1 - B10
FACTOR XII DEFICIENT D1 - D14 OSDG 1 mL D1 - D14
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) D1 - D14 or sample
ORKL rack position 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
[1]
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) — — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL

Additional Notes
The reagent must be gently inverted (5 to 8 times) to mix before first use.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Pathromtin® SL APTT PSL 48
FACTOR XII DEFICIENT XII 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 453
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 132


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor XII with
®
Pathromtin SL

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Pathromtin® SL on BCT® System y = 0.98 x - 5.23 0.942
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 3.1 2.2 3.7
CONTROL P 2.5 1.2 2.6

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Coagulation Factors VIII, IX, XI and XII Deficient Plasma Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 133


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor XII with
®
Pathromtin SL

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter XII Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 45 µL Parameter XII %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma XII 50 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent APTT PSL 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 240 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/16 2
Detector Clot for Int.F. Assay Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. XII % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
XII %
% s
150.0 50.3
100.0 54.4
50.0 61.7
12.5 106.1
6.3 146.6

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 134


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 4
Lupus Anticoagulant with
LA 1 Screening Reagent / LA 2 Confirmation Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
LA 1 REAGENT OQGP 2 mL B1 - B10
LA 2 REAGENT OQGR 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
LA CONTROL 1 OQWE 1 mL
LA CONTROL 2 OQWD 1 mL
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
LA 1 REAGENT LA1 24
LA 2 REAGENT LA2 24
CONTROL N 8
LA CONTROL 1 8
LA CONTROL 2 6
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 222
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 135


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 4
Lupus Anticoagulant with
LA 1 Screening Reagent / LA 2 Confirmation Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
LA 1 on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.89 x + 1.29 0.997
LA 1 / LA 2 on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.92 x - 0.01 0.994
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 5 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
LA 1: CONTROL N 1.2 1.8 2.2
LA 1: LA CONTROL 2 0.9 0.9 1.2
LA 2: CONTROL N 0.3 0.3 0.4
LA 2: LA CONTROL 2 0.5 0.3 0.5
LA 1 / LA 2 Ratio: CONTROL N 1.1 2.0 2.3
LA 1 / LA 2 Ratio: LA CONTROL 2 1.1 0.8 1.3

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: s
Comments n Mean Median 5th - 95th Percentile
LA 1 124 33.7 33.3 29.6 - 38.9
LA 2 124 35.4 35.4 33.2 - 37.8
LA 1 / LA 2 Ratio (no unit) 124 0.95 0.95 0.87 - 1.07
Reference intervals vary from laboratory to laboratory depending on the population, the technique and reagent lot. Therefore, each
laboratory must establish its own reference intervals or verify them whenever one or more of the aforementioned variables are changed.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 136


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 4
Lupus Anticoagulant with
LA 1 Screening Reagent / LA 2 Confirmation Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter LA1
Sample Vol. 100 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent LA1 100 µL 240 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for LA1
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 240 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. LA1 - Replic. No. of Replicates 2
[Unit] s
- Replic. Limits Difference Limit 10 % Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 30

Remarks
To obtain the ratio, LA1 and LA2 assays have to be requested simultaneously.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 137


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 4 of 4
Lupus Anticoagulant with
LA 1 Screening Reagent / LA 2 Confirmation Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter LA2 Calculation Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 100 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL - Calc. Para 2
Rinse None Parameter LA R
Second Dilution 0 µL Unit —
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Rinse None Calc. Method —
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent LA2 100 µL 240 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for LA2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 240 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. LA2 - Replic. No. of Replicates 2
[Unit] —
- Replic. Limits Difference Limit 10 % Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 30

Remarks
In order to guarantee reliable analysis results it is crucial to modify the analysis parameter for this assay. The necessary technical
modification is not described in this Application Sheet and it has to be done by a Siemens representative.
To obtain the ratio, LA1 and LA2 assays have to be requested simultaneously.
To calculate the ratio automatically, the following setting has to be entered before samples are measured with LA1 and LA2:
Settings/Analysis Settings/More/Add Calc Parm.: select an available Calc. position 1 - 4
Param.: Parameter selection: LA2 / LA R
Param.: Parameter selection: LA1 / LA1 sec
Select [/]
Param.: Parameter selection: LA2 / LA2 sec

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 138


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 4
Protein C System with
®
ProC Global
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
ProC Global — OQLS Kit —
REAGENT APTT — 5 mL B1 - B10
ACTIVATOR — 2 mL
BUFFER — 2 mL
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
ProC CONTROL OQKE 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1

Additional Notes
REAGENT APTT must be gently inverted (5 to 8 times) to mix before first use.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT APTT APTTGlo 8
ACTIVATOR ActProC 8
BUFFER BufProC 8
CONTROL N 8
ProC CONTROL 8
CaCl2 SOLUTION CaCl2 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 300
Hemoglobin mg/dL 100
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 139


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 4
Protein C System with
®
ProC Global

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
ProC® Global on BCT® System y = 0.98 x + 0.00 0.961
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.5 2.4 2.8
Pathological plasma pool 1.4 1.0 1.6

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 140


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 4
Protein C System with
®
ProC Global

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter PCAT Calculation Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 50 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL - Calc. Para 2
Rinse None Parameter PCAT NR
Second Dilution 0 µL Unit —
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Rinse None Calc. Method —
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent ActProC 50 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent APTTGlo 50 µL 40 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 220 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for other
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 200 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. PCAT - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] —
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Remarks
To calculate the Normalized Ratio (NR) automatically, the following setting has to be entered before samples are measured with PCAT and
PCAT.0:
Settings/Analysis Settings/More/Add Calc Parm.: select an available Calc. position 1 - 4.
Param.: Parameter selection: PCAT / PCAT NR
Param.: Parameter selection: PCAT / PCAT sec
Select [/]
Param.: Parameter selection: PCAT.0 / PCAT.0 sec
Select [/] and enter the calculated RatioSHP with the numeric keys
Select [*] and enter the Sensitivity value with the numeric keys
Sensitivity value (SV): It is provided in the Table of Analytical Values of the respective Lot of Standard Human Plasma.
To define the RatioSHP Standard Human Plasma has to be measured at least twice for PCAT and PCAT.0 and the obtained clotting time for
PCAT has to be divided by the obtained clotting time for PCAT.0 .
To obtain the ratio, PCAT and PCAT.0 assays always have to be requested simultaneously.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 141


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 4 of 4
Protein C System with
®
ProC Global

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter PCAT.0
Sample Vol. 50 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent BufProC 50 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent APTTGlo 50 µL 40 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 220 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for other
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 200 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. PCAT.0 - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] s
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 142


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 4
Factor V Leiden with
®
ProC Global / Factor V Deficient Plasma
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
ProC Global — OQLS Kit —
REAGENT APTT — 5 mL B1 - B10
ACTIVATOR — 2 mL
BUFFER — 2 mL
FACTOR V DEFICIENT ORSM
D2, D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D141 or
mLE2 D2, D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D14 or E2
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
ProC CONTROL OQKE 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
CA CLEAN I E3 964-0631-3 50 mL E3
[1]
CA CLEAN II A1 — — A1

Additional Notes
Coagulation Factor V Deficient Plasma has to be defined as buffer.
REAGENT APTT must be gently inverted (5 to 8 times) to mix before first use.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT APTT APTTGlo 8
ACTIVATOR ActProC 8
BUFFER BufProC 8
FACTOR V DEFICIENT FV.B 8
CONTROL N 8
ProC CONTROL 8
CaCl2 SOLUTION CaCl2 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 1800
Hemoglobin mg/dL 400
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 143


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 4
Factor V Leiden with
®
ProC Global / Factor V Deficient Plasma

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
ProC® Global / Factor V on BCT® System y = 0.93 x + 0.05 0.977
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.0 1.6 1.9
Pathological plasma pool 1.4 1.5 2.0

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
Refer to the ProC® Global Instructions for Use.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 144


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 4
Factor V Leiden with
®
ProC Global / Factor V Deficient Plasma

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter FVPCAT Calculation Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 10 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. FV.B 40 µL - Calc. Para 2
Rinse Clean I Parameter FVPC NR
Second Dilution 0 µL Unit —
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Rinse None Calc. Method —
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent ActProC 50 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent APTTGlo 50 µL 40 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 220 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for other
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 240 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. FVPCAT - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] —
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Remarks
Limitations for Sysmex® CA-1500 Systems with wand barcode reader for reagents: Please note that barcode recognition for Coagulation
Factor V Deficient Plasma is not possible if deficient plasma is defined as buffer.
To calculate the Normalized Ratio (NR) automatically, the following setting has to be entered before samples are measured with FVPCAT
and FVPCAT0:
Settings/Analysis Settings/More/Add Calc Parm.: select an available Calc. position 1 - 4.
Param.: Parameter selection: FVPCAT / FVPC NR
Param.: Parameter selection: FVPCAT / FVPCAT sec
Select [/]
Param.: Parameter selection: FVPCAT0 / FVPCAT0 sec
Select [/] and enter the calculated RatioSHP with the numeric keys
Select [*] and enter the Sensitivity value with the numeric keys
Sensitivity value (SV): It is provided in the Table of Analytical Values of the respective Lot of Standard Human Plasma.
To define the RatioSHP Standard Human Plasma has to be measured at least twice for FVPCAT and FVPCAT0 and the obtained clotting time
for FVPCAT has to be divided by the obtained clotting time for FVPCAT0.
To obtain the ratio, FVPCAT and FVPCAT0 assays always have to be requested simultaneously.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 145


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 4 of 4
Factor V Leiden with
®
ProC Global / Factor V Deficient Plasma

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter FVPCAT0
Sample Vol. 10 µL
Diluent Vol. FV.B 40 µL
Rinse Clean I
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent BufProC 50 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Second Reagent APTTGlo 50 µL 40 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Third Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 220 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for other
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 240 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. FVPCAT0 - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] s
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 146


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 4
Factor V Leiden with
Factor V Leiden Assay
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
Factor V Leiden Assay — OQYI Kit —
Activator — 2 mL B1 - B10
PR3V Reagent — 4 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
ProC CONTROL OQKE 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) B1 - B10 or C1—-[1]C10 — B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
OV BUFFER (OVB) C1 - C10 B4234-25 15 mL C1 - C10
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1

Additional Notes
Dade® CA System Buffer and Dade® Owren´s Veronal Buffer have to be defined as reagent (FVLOVB).
Although stated otherwise in the Instructions for Use make sure to incubate Control Plasma N for 30 minutes at +15 °C to +25 °C
after reconstitution.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
Activator FVLAct 24
PR3V Reagent FVLPR3V 24
CONTROL N 8
ProC CONTROL 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 240
Hemoglobin mg/dL 200
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 147


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 4
Factor V Leiden with
Factor V Leiden Assay

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Factor V Leiden Assay on BCS® System y = 0.92 x + 0.15 0.967
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
The following precision data were established.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.2 2.4 2.6
ProC CONTROL 1.4 1.7 2.2
Normal plasma pool 2.9 1.2 2.9
Pathological plasma pool 1.7 2.1 2.6

Decision Limit for Result Evaluation


A cut-off of 1.8 has been validated in a performance evaluation study for the Sysmex® CA-1500 System. Due to differences in sample
population, collection technique and instrumentation, each laboratory should establish its own cut-off.

Measuring Range
0.74 - 5.91

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: —
Comments n Mean Median 5th - 95th Percentile
— 128 3.78 3.75 2.85 - 4.71
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 148


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 4
Factor V Leiden with
Factor V Leiden Assay

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter FVL.Act Calculation Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 50 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL - Calc. Para 2
Rinse None Parameter FVL R
Second Dilution 0 µL Unit —
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Rinse None Calc. Method —
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent FVLAct 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1
Second Reagent FVLPR3V 50 µL 240 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for other2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 240 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. FVL.Act - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] —
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 30

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 149


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 4 of 4
Factor V Leiden with
Factor V Leiden Assay

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol See previous page.
Parameter FVL.OVB
Sample Vol. 50 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent FVLOVB 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent FVLPR3V 50 µL 240 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for other2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 240 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. FVL.OVB - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] —
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 30

Remarks
To obtain the ratio, FVL.Act and FVL.OVB assays always have to be requested simultaneously.
To calculate the ratio automatically, the following setting has to be entered before samples are measured with FVL.Act and FVL.OVB:
Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Add Calc Parm.: select an available Calc. position 1 - 4
Param.: Parameter selection: FVL.Act / FVL R
Param.: Parameter selection: FVL.Act / FVL.Act sec
Select [/]
Param.: Parameter selection: FVL.OVB / FVL.OVB sec
Note:
Based on the system's immanent data interpretation method, results of the Factor V Leiden Assay may be reported with Analysis Time Over
(ATO) error flags. Results marked with an ATO error flag should be interpreted according to the Troubleshooting Guide for Factor V Leiden
Assay.
In order to guarantee reliable analysis results it is crucial to modify the analysis parameter for this assay. The necessary technical
modification has to be done by a Siemens representative.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 150


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 4
APC Resistance with
®
ProC Ac R
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
ProC Ac R — OPBC Kit —
ACTIVATOR B1 - B10 — 2 mL B1 - B10
REAGENT — 4 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
ProC CONTROL OQKE 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) B1 - B10 or C1—-[1]C10 — B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
OV BUFFER (OVB) C1 - C10 B4234-25 15 mL C1 - C10
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1

Additional Notes
Dade® CA System Buffer and Dade® Owren´s Veronal Buffer have to be defined as reagent (AcROVB).
Although stated otherwise in the Instructions for Use make sure to incubate Control Plasma N for 30 minutes at +15 °C to +25 °C
after reconstitution.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIVATOR AcRAct 24
REAGENT AcRPR3V 24
CONTROL N 8
ProC CONTROL 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 240
Hemoglobin mg/dL 200
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 151


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 4
APC Resistance with
®
ProC Ac R

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
ProC® Ac R on BCS® System y = 0.92 x + 0.15 0.967
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
The following precision data were established.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.2 2.4 2.6
ProC CONTROL 1.4 1.7 2.2
Normal plasma pool 2.9 1.2 2.9
Pathological plasma pool 1.7 2.1 2.6

Decision Limit for Result Evaluation


A cut-off of 1.8 has been validated in a performance evaluation study for the Sysmex® CA-1500 System. Due to differences in sample
population, collection technique and instrumentation, each laboratory should establish its own cut-off.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: —
th th
Comments n Mean Median 5 - 95 Percentile
— 128 3.78 3.75 2.85 - 4.71
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 152


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 4
APC Resistance with
®
ProC Ac R

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol The assay is not calibrated.
Parameter AcR.Act Calculation Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 50 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL - Calc. Para 2
Rinse None Parameter AcR R
Second Dilution 0 µL Unit —
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Rinse None Calc. Method —
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent AcRAct 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1
Second Reagent AcRPR3V 50 µL 240 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for other2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 240 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. AcR.Act - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] —
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 30

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 153


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 4 of 4
APC Resistance with
®
ProC Ac R

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol See previous page.
Parameter AcR.OVB
Sample Vol. 50 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Second Dilution 0 µL
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL
Rinse None
Factor Plasma None 0 µL

Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None


First Reagent AcROVB 50 µL 60 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent AcRPR3V 50 µL 240 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x1
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Detector Clot for other2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 240 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. AcR.OVB - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] —
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 30

Remarks
To obtain the ratio, AcR.Act and AcR.OVB assays always have to be requested simultaneously.
To calculate the ratio automatically, the following setting has to be entered before samples are measured with AcR.Act and AcR.OVB:
Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Add Calc Parm.: select an available Calc. position 1 - 4
Param.: Parameter selection: AcR.Act / AcR R
Param.: Parameter selection: AcR.Act / AcR.Act sec
Select [/]
Param.: Parameter selection: AcR.OVB / AcR.OVB sec
Note:
®
Based on the system's immanent data interpretation method, results of the ProC Ac R Assay may be reported with Analysis Time
Over (ATO) error flags. Results marked with an ATO error flag should be interpreted according to the Troubleshooting Guide for
®
ProC Ac R Assay.
In order to guarantee reliable analysis results it is crucial to modify the analysis parameter for this assay. The necessary technical
modification has to be done by a Siemens representative.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 154


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Protein C with
Protein C Reagent
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
PROTEIN C COAG — OQYG Kit —
ACTIVATOR B1 - B10 — 3 mL B1 - B10
DEFICIENT D2, D4, D6, D8,—D10, D12, D141 or
mLE2 D2, D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D14 or E2
REAGENT APTT C1 - C10 — 10 mL C1 - C10
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CaCl2 SOLUTION C1 - C10 ORHO 15 mL C1 - C10
CA CLEAN I A2 and E3964-0631-3 50 mL A2 and E3

Additional Notes
Protein C Deficient Plasma (DEFICIENT) has to be defined as buffer.
Limitations for Sysmex® CA-1500 Systems with wand barcode reader for reagents: Please note that barcode recognition for DEFICIENT is
not possible if deficient plasma is defined as buffer.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIVATOR PC.A.cl 48
REAGENT APTT PC.APTT 48
DEFICIENT PC.DefP 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
CaCl2 SOLUTION CaCl2 48

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 3000
Hemoglobin mg/dL n,d,
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Limitations
Hemolyzed samples are not suitable for protein C determination.
Higher levels of lipids or turbid samples can lead to falsely elevated or decreased values.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 155


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Protein C with
Protein C Reagent

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Protein C Reagent on BCS® System y = 1.00 x - 2.46 0.995
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.3 1.8 2.8
CONTROL P 3.1 2.5 3.9

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 156


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Protein C with
Protein C Reagent

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter PC.clot Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. PC.DefP 45 µL Parameter PC.clot
Rinse Clean I Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Linear Regression
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer PC.DefP
First Reagent PC.A.cl 50 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1
Second Reagent PC.APTT 50 µL 40 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent CaCl2 50 µL 280 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/8 2
Detector Clot for other Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 0/1 2
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. PC.clot - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
PC.clot
% s
0.0 42.7
12.5 53.6
25.0 65.5
50.0 93.5
100.0 139.7
150.0 190.5

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 157


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Protein S with
Protein S Ac
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
Protein S Ac — OPAP Kit —
DEFICIENT D2, D4, D6, D8,—D10, D12, D14, E1 or E2D2, D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D14, E1 or E2
1 mL
REAGENT — 2 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
ACTIVATOR — 5 mL
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 and E3964-0631-3 50 mL A2 and E3

Additional Notes
DEFICIENT, REAGENT and ACTIVATOR must be placed on-board for 30 minutes in order to reach +15 °C.
DEFICIENT has to be defined as buffer.
Limitations for Sysmex® CA-1500 Systems with barcode reader for reagents: Please note that barcode recognition for DEFICIENT is not
possible if deficient plasma is defined as buffer.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
DEFICIENT PSAcDP 3
REAGENT PSAcAPC 3
ACTIVATOR PSAcStR 3
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 3000
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 158


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Protein S with
Protein S Ac

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Protein S on STA** System y = 0.96 x + 1.53 0.919
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 % for abnormal
plasma and less than 10 % for normal plasma.

Within Run Run to Run Total


CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N (average) 4.8 2.4 5.1
CONTROL P (average) 7.0 4.8 8.2

Measuring Range
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the analyzer for additional information.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: %
Comments n Mean Median 5th - 95th Percentile
men 125 --- 104.3 74.5 - > 130.0
women with oral contraceptives 44 --- 81.5 51.5 - 117.8
women without oral contraceptives 49 --- 90.0 59.4 - 118.4
all subjects 218 97.3 95.4 60.2 - > 130.0
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 159


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Protein S with
Protein S Ac

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter PSAc Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 16 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. PSAcDP 95 µL Parameter PSAc%
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 16 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. PSAcDP 27 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse Clean I Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer PSAcDP
First Reagent PSAcAPC 58 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1
Second Reagent PSAcStR 145 µL 110 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 3
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 3
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 3/5 3
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/3 3
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/8 3
Detector Clot for PSAc Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
Sens Low Sens
Maximum Time 300 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. PSAc% - Replic. No. of Replicates 2
[Unit] %
- Report Limit lower (<) 10.0 % Detector Settings
upper (>) 130.0 % Settings - Analysis Settings
- Replic. Limits Difference Limit 3 % - Detector Settings End Point [%] 50

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent vial, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
PSAc%
% s
11.1 91.0
29.7 101.3
53.4 113.6
89.0 126.4
133.5 139.2

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 160


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Antithrombin with
®
INNOVANCE Antithrombin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
INNOVANCE Antithrombin — OPFH Kit —
REAGENT — 2.7/6.5 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
SUBSTRATE — 2.7/6.5 mL
BUFFER D2, D4, D6, D8,—D10, D12, D14, mL- E3 D2, D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D14, E1 - E3
5/12E1
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
® ®
Dade Ci-Trol 1 291070 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2

Additional Notes
-/-

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT ATReag 24
SUBSTRATE ATSub 24
BUFFER ATBuf 24
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 681
Hemoglobin mg/dL 400
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 161


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Antithrombin with
®
INNOVANCE Antithrombin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Berichrom® Antithrombin III (A) on Sysmex® CA-1500 System y = 0.98 x + 2.27 0.953
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (within-device CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.

Mean Repeatability Within-Device/Lab


(% of norm) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 89.0 1.4 3.6
CONTROL P 29.6 2.9 6.4
Normal plasma pool 103.7 1.7 3.0
Pathological plasma pool 70.8 1.7 4.2

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: % of norm
th th
Comments n Mean Median 2.5 - 97.5 Percentile
— 150 94.4 93.8 80 - 111
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 162


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Antithrombin with
®
INNOVANCE Antithrombin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter AT Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 10 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. ATBuf 110 µL Parameter AT%
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 40 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Lin Linear Regression
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer ATBuf
First Reagent ATReag 80 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1
Second Reagent ATSub 80 µL 200 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 3/4 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/4 2
Detector Chromogenic for AT3 Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/20 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 405 nm Inc
Analysis Range 38 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. AT% - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] 6 - 18

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
AT%
% dOD
135.0 0.301
90.0 0.523
67.5 0.674
45.0 0.890
22.5 1.134
4.5 1.391

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 163


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Antithrombin III with
®
Berichrom Antithrombin III (A)
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
Berichrom AT III OWWR Kit —
REAGENT THR DILUENT — 30/100 mL
REAGENT THR C1 - C10 — 5/15 mL C1 - C10
SUBSTRATE B1 - B10 — 3 mL B1 - B10
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 B4244-10 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 291070 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT THR AT3Thro 24
SUBSTRATE AT3Subs 48
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1/ Dade® Ci-Trol® 1 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (in GW5 or GW15 vials) OVB 8
OV BUFFER (in GW5 or GW15 vials) OVB 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 582
Hemoglobin mg/dL 476
Bilirubin mg/dL 21.9

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 164


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Antithrombin III with
®
Berichrom Antithrombin III (A)

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Berichrom® Antithrombin III (A) on BCT® System y = 0.97 x - 4.72 0.998
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.3 4.6 4.8
CONTROL P 2.7 7.6 8.1

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: % of norm
th th
Comments n Mean Median 2.5 - 97.5 Percentile
— 308 91.9 91.4 78.1 - 108.9
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 165


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Antithrombin III with
®
Berichrom Antithrombin III (A)

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter BCAT3 Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 16 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 112 µL Parameter BCAT3 %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 24 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Linear Regression
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent AT3Thro 175 µL 40 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) Clean I x 1 Clean I x1
Second Reagent AT3Subs 33 µL 220 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/8 2
Detector Chromogenic for AT3 Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 0/1 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 405 nm Inc
Analysis Range 50 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. BCAT3 % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] 12 - 30

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
BCAT3 %
% dOD
144.0 0.219
96.0 0.554
48.0 0.898
24.0 1.054
12.0 1.144
0.0 1.213

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 166


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Heparin with
®
Berichrom Heparin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
Berichrom HEPARIN OWLD Kit —
REAGENT FX DILUENT — 10 mL
REAGENT AT — 1 mL B1 - B10
SUBSTRATE — 2 mL
REAGENT FX C1 - C10 — 10 mL C1 - C10
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL
see “Additional Notes” 1 mL see “Additional Notes”
Ci-Trol HEPARIN CONTROL 1 B4224-50 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Ci-Trol HEPARIN CONTROL 2 B4224-60 1 mL
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1

Additional Notes
Standard Human Plasma without heparin has to be defined as buffer (SHPBuf) for calibration purposes. On-board-position: Reagent holder
position D2, D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D14 or E2.
Calibration plasma (Standard Human Plasma with heparin) has to be defined as calibrator SHPHep. On-board-Position: Reagent holder D1 -
D14 or sample rack position 1.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT AT AT3Reag 8
REAGENT FX FXaReag 8
SUBSTRATE HepSubs 8
Ci-Trol HEPARIN CONTROL 1 8
Ci-Trol HEPARIN CONTROL 2 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ... LMW heparin UF heparin
Triglycerides mg/dL 192 222
Hemoglobin mg/dL 40 200
Bilirubin mg/dL 24 24

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 167


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Heparin with
®
Berichrom Heparin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Berichrom® Heparin on BCT® System y = 1.01 x + 0.04 0.987
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
0.2 IU/mL heparinized plasma 6.3 8.8 10.7
0.8 IU/mL heparinized plasma 2.1 2.7 3.3

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Not applicable.

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 168


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Heparin with
®
Berichrom Heparin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter BCHep Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 20 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Parameter BCHep
Rinse None Unit U/mL
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHPHep
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer SHPBuf
First Reagent AT3Reag 20 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL For preparation of the Calibration Plasma 1 U/mL refer to the
Instructions for Use of Berichrom® Heparin.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent FXaReag 170 µL 40 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 1/1 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 3/4 2
Third Reagent HepSubs 40 µL 100 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x2 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/10 2
Detector Chromogenic for AT3 Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 0/1 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 405 nm Inc
Analysis Range 80 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. BCHep - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] U/mL
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] 15 - 60

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
BCHep
U/mL dOD
1.00 0.323
0.75 0.371
0.50 0.428
0.25 0.495
0.10 0.540
0.00 0.551

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 169


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Heparin (LMW) with
®
Berichrom Heparin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
Berichrom HEPARIN OWLD Kit —
REAGENT FX DILUENT — 10 mL
REAGENT AT — 1 mL B1 - B10
SUBSTRATE — 2 mL
REAGENT FX C1 - C10 — 10 mL C1 - C10
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL
see “Additional Notes” 1 mL see “Additional Notes”
Berichrom HEPARIN LMW CALIBRATOR OPCA rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
Berichrom HEPARIN LMW CONTROL 1 OPCD 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Berichrom HEPARIN LMW CONTROL 2 OPCB 1 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1

Additional Notes
Standard Human Plasma without heparin has to be defined as buffer (SHP.DIL) for calibration purposes. On-board-position: Reagent holder
position D2, D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D14 or E2.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT AT AT3Reag 8
REAGENT FX FXaReag 8
SUBSTRATE HepSubs 8
Berichrom HEPARIN LMW CONTROL 1 8
Berichrom HEPARIN LMW CONTROL 2 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 192
Hemoglobin mg/dL 40
Bilirubin mg/dL 24

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 170


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Heparin (LMW) with
®
Berichrom Heparin

Performance Characteristics
Calibrator Comparison
The following study represents a functional correlation between standard curves of the 2nd WHO Standard for low molecular weight heparin
and the Berichrom® Heparin LMW Calibrator.
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Berichrom® Heparin with WHO Standard y = 1.00 x + 0.04 0.999
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The precision study was conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
The standard deviation (SD) of the analytical system should be less than ± 0.05 IU/mL for a normal plasma and less than ± 0.15 IU/mL for a
sample of 1.0 IU/mL.
Mean Repeatability Within Device/Lab
(IU/mL) SD (IU/mL) SD (IU/mL)
Berichrom HEPARIN LMW CONTROL 1 0.37 ±0.03 ±0.05
Berichrom HEPARIN LMW CONTROL 2 0.81 ±0.03 ±0.05

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Not applicable.

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 171


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Heparin (LMW) with
®
Berichrom Heparin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter HepL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 20 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Parameter HepL
Rinse None Unit IU/mL
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator LMW.CAL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer SHP.DIL
First Reagent AT3Reag 20 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
heparin concentration of Berichrom® Heparin LMW
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Calibrator.
Second Reagent FXaReag 170 µL 40 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Repl.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1 Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 1/1 2
Third Reagent HepSubs 40 µL 100 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 4/5 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 3/5 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x2 Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 2/5 2
Detector Chromogenic for AT3 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/5 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 405 nm Inc Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 0/1 2
Analysis Range 80 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. HepL - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] IU/mL
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] 15 - 60

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
HepL
IU/mL dOD
1.49 0.273
1.19 0.308
0.89 0.353
0.60 0.415
0.30 0.476
0.00 0.528

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 172


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Heparin (UF) with
®
Berichrom Heparin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
Berichrom HEPARIN OWLD Kit —
REAGENT FX DILUENT — 10 mL
REAGENT AT — 1 mL B1 - B10
SUBSTRATE — 2 mL
REAGENT FX C1 - C10 — 10 mL C1 - C10
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL
see “Additional Notes” 1 mL see “Additional Notes”
Berichrom HEPARIN UF CALIBRATOR OPCC rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
Berichrom HEPARIN UF CONTROL 1 OPBY 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
Berichrom HEPARIN UF CONTROL 2 OPBZ 1 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2
CA CLEAN II A1 —[1] — A1

Additional Notes
Standard Human Plasma without heparin has to be defined as buffer (SHP.DIL) for calibration purposes. On-board-position: Reagent holder
position D2, D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D14 or E2.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT AT AT3Reag 8
REAGENT FX FXaReag 8
SUBSTRATE HepSubs 8
Berichrom HEPARIN UF CONTROL 1 8
Berichrom HEPARIN UF CONTROL 2 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 222
Hemoglobin mg/dL 200
Bilirubin mg/dL 24

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 173


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Heparin (UF) with
®
Berichrom Heparin

Performance Characteristics
Calibrator Comparison
The following study represents a functional correlation between standard curves of the 5th WHO Standard for unfractionated heparin and the
Berichrom® Heparin UF Calibrator.
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Berichrom® Heparin with WHO Standard y = 1.01 x + 0.02 0.996
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The precision study was conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
The standard deviation (SD) of the analytical system should be less than ± 0.05 IU/mL for a normal plasma and less than ± 0.15 IU/mL for a
sample of 1.0 IU/mL.
Mean Repeatability Within Device/Lab
(IU/mL) SD (IU/mL) SD (IU/mL)
Berichrom HEPARIN UF CONTROL 1 0.25 ±0.02 ±0.03
Berichrom HEPARIN UF CONTROL 2 0.69 ±0.02 ±0.03

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Not applicable.

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 174


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Heparin (UF) with
®
Berichrom Heparin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter HepU Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 20 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Parameter HepU
Rinse None Unit IU/mL
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator UF.CAL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer SHP.DIL
First Reagent AT3Reag 20 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
heparin concentration of Berichrom® Heparin UF Calibrator.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent FXaReag 170 µL 40 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 1/1 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 4/5 2
Third Reagent HepSubs 40 µL 100 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 3/5 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 2/5 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean II x2 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/5 2
Detector Chromogenic for AT3 Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 0/1 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 405 nm Inc
Analysis Range 80 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. HepU - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] IU/mL
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] 15 - 60

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
HepU
IU/mL dOD
1.28 0.147
1.02 0.189
0.77 0.246
0.51 0.327
0.26 0.440
0.00 0.521

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 175


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Protein C with
®
Berichrom Protein C
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
Berichrom PROTEIN C OUVV Kit —
ACTIVATOR DILUENT — 30 mL
ACTIVATOR C1 - C10 — 5/10 mL C1 - C10
SUBSTRATE B1 - B10 — 3 mL B1 - B10
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
ACTIVATOR BCPCAct 48
SUBSTRATE BCPCSub 48
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 405
Hemoglobin mg/dL 200
Bilirubin mg/dL 24

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 176


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Protein C with
®
Berichrom Protein C

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Berichrom® Protein C on BCT® System y = 1.09 x - 3.44 0.991
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 3.3 2.7 4.2
CONTROL P 7.4 2.2 7.3

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 177


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Protein C with
®
Berichrom Protein C

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter BCPC Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 15 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 15 µL Parameter BCPC
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Linear Regression
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent BCPCAct 150 µL 40 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) Clean I x 1 Clean I x1
Second Reagent BCPCSub 30 µL 340 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent BCPCSub 4 µL 360 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/8 2
Detector Chromogenic for PC Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 0/1 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 405 nm Inc
Analysis Range 60 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. BCPC - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] 11 - 40

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
BCPC
% dOD
0.0 0.005
11.6 0.013
23.2 0.028
46.5 0.051
93.0 0.090
139.5 0.128

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 178


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
α2-Antiplasmin with
®
Berichrom α2-Antiplasmin
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
Berichrom ANTIPLASMIN OUBU Kit —
REAGENT P DILUENT — 15 mL
REAGENT P — 5 mL B1 - B10
PLASMIN SUBSTRATE — 2 mL
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT P AplReag 8
PLASMIN SUBSTRATE PlSubs 8
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 1132
Hemoglobin mg/dL 14
Bilirubin mg/dL 31

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 179


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
α2-Antiplasmin with
®
Berichrom α2-Antiplasmin

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
® ®
Berichrom α2-Antiplasmin on Sysmex CA-6000 System y = 1.11 x - 16.41 0.990
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.6 3.1 3.9
CONTROL P 4.9 12.3 13.2

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 180


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
α2-Antiplasmin with
®
Berichrom α2-Antiplasmin

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter BCApl Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 16 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 112 µL Parameter BCApl
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 28 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Linear Regression
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None
Buffer OVB
First Reagent AplReag 175 µL 40 sec
Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1
Second Reagent PlSubs 35 µL 100 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/8 2
Detector Chromogenic for APL Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 0/1 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 405 nm Inc
Analysis Range 92 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. BCApl - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] 42 - 72

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
BCApl
% dOD
135.0 0.055
90.0 0.086
45.0 0.121
22.5 0.141
11.2 0.151
0.0 0.157

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 181


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Plasminogen with
®
Berichrom Plasminogen
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
Berichrom PLASMINOGEN — OUCA Kit —
REAGENT STR — 5 mL B1 - B10
PLASMIN SUBSTRATE — 2 mL
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT STR Streptok 24
PLASMIN SUBSTRATE PlSubs 24
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 300
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 182


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Plasminogen with
®
Berichrom Plasminogen

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Berichrom® Plasminogen on BCT® System y = 0.93 x + 1.50 0.990
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 1.8 1.5 2.3
CONTROL P 3.4 5.2 6.2

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 183


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Plasminogen with
®
Berichrom Plasminogen

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter BCPlg Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 16 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 112 µL Parameter BCPlg %
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 28 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Linear Regression
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent Streptok 175 µL 40 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) Clean I x 1 Clean I x1
Second Reagent PlSubs 35 µL 340 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/8 2
Detector Chromogenic for Plg Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 0/1 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 405 nm Inc
Analysis Range 110 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. BCPlg % - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] 42 - 90

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
BCPlg %
% dOD
0.0 0.001
12.2 0.007
24.5 0.020
49.0 0.045
98.0 0.103
147.0 0.151

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 184


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
Factor VIII Chromogenic Assay
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
FACTOR VIII CHROMOGENIC B4238 Kit —
SUBSTRATE BUFFER — 10 mL
REAGENT FIX — 3 mL * B1 - B10
REAGENT FX — 3 mL *
SUBSTRATE see “Additional—
Notes” 1 mL see “Additional Notes”
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
CA CLEAN I A2 964-0631-3 50 mL A2
BC Vial Kit — OVKE 5 / 15 mL —

Additional Notes
Reconstitute 1 bottle of SUBSTRATE with 1 mL distilled or deionized water and equilibrate for 30 minutes at 15 °C to 25 °C. Mix 1
mL of SUBSTRATE with 7 mL SUBSTRATE BUFFER yielding 8 mL of ready for use Substrate Reagent and put on reagent rack
postion C1 - C10.
SUBSTRATE / SUBSTRATE BUFFER has to be transferred into a 15 mL vial.
* Although stated otherwise in the Instructions for Use make sure to reconstitute REAGENT FX and REAGENT FIX with 3 mL
distilled or deionized water.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT FIX FIXaReag 24
REAGENT FX FX Reag 24
SUBSTRATE SubReag 24
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8

The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 600
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 36

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 185


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
Factor VIII Chromogenic Assay

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Factor VIII Chromogenic Assay on Sysmex® CA-6000 System y = 0.99 x + 0.99 0.989
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 2.2 4.6 5.1
CONTROL P 3.1 10.3 10.8

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 186


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Coagulation Factor VIII with
Factor VIII Chromogenic Assay

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter VIIICH Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 10 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 90 µL Parameter VIIICH
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 10 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. OVB 30 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Linear Regression
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent FX Reag 40 µL 30 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1
Second Reagent FIXaReag 40 µL 60 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 3/2 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/1 2
Third Reagent SubReag 120 µL 200 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 Clean I x1 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/16 2
Detector Chromogenic for AT3 Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 0/1 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 405 nm Inc
Analysis Range 60 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. VIIICH - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
Detector Settings
Settings - Analysis Settings
- Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] 11 - 40

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
VIIICH
% dOD
0.0 0.012
5.4 0.027
10.8 0.044
43.0 0.146
86.0 0.265
129.0 0.378

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 187


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 5
D-Dimer with
®
INNOVANCE D-Dimer
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
INNOVANCE D-Dimer — OPBP Kit —
REAGENT — 4 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
BUFFER — 5 mL
SUPPLEMENT — 2.6 mL
DILUENT D2, D4, D6, D8,—D10, D12, D145 mL D2, D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D14
CALIBRATOR — rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
®
INNOVANCE D-Dimer CONTROLS — OPDY Kit —
CONTROL 1 — 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL 2 — 1 mL
INNOVANCE® D-Dimer DILUENT OPBR
D2, D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D145 mL D2, D4, D6, D8, D10, D12, D14
CA CLEAN I E3 964-0631-3 50 mL E3
Sample Cup Conical 4 mL — 424-1160-8 4 mL —

Additional Notes
The required controls and calibrators have to be transferred into 4 mL Conical Cups.
Plasma samples should not be stored frozen for more than 4 weeks. If frozen samples are stored longer than 4 weeks, they should be
measured in “Batch Mode“. Controls should be measured pre- and post-run.
Set up the worklist in “Normal Mode” for INNOVANCE® D-Dimer. Be aware that the automatic redilution of samples is not available in the
“Micro Mode”.
The units for INNOVANCE® D-Dimer assay are mg/L FEU. The software of the instruments uses only mg/L for technical reasons.
For patient results which are measured with a 1/8 redilution only and result in <3.65 mg/L FEU, measure the sample without dilution to verify
the result. Testing using the 2/1 dilution has not been validated for use with INNOVANCE® D-Dimer.
INNOVANCE® D-Dimer BUFFER must be defined as reagent and INNOVANCE® D-Dimer DILUENT must be defined as buffer.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 188


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 5
D-Dimer with
®
INNOVANCE D-Dimer

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT DDi.REA 24
REAGENT (Conical Cup) DDi.REA 8
BUFFER DDi.BUF 24
BUFFER (Conical Cup) DDi.BUF 8
SUPPLEMENT DDi.SUP 24
SUPPLEMENT (Conical Cup) DDi.SUP 8
DILUENT DDi.DIL 24
DILUENT (Conical Cup) DDi.DIL 8
CONTROL 1 8
CONTROL 2 8
In original vials, the reagents may be left on board the instrument continuously for 24 hours or stored on and off the instrument for intervals of
1 hour x 10 or 2 hours x 5 over a maximum period of 14 days.
Storage and stability are described in the Instructions for Use. INNOVANCE® D-Dimer controls need to validate each new test run.
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 600
Hemoglobin mg/dL 100
Bilirubin mg/dL 15

Limitations
Higher levels of lipids or turbid samples can lead to falsely elevated or decreased values. It is therefore recommended to perform an
additional centrifugation step of the plasma (10 minutes at approx. 15.000 x g) before analyzing lipemic patient specimens.

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
INNOVANCE® D-Dimer on BCS® System y = 1.06 x - 0.04 0.997
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (within-device CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Mean Repeatability Within-Device/Lab
(mg/L FEU) CV (%) CV (%)
INNOVANCE® D-Dimer CONTROL 1 0.29 2.2 2.5
INNOVANCE® D-Dimer CONTROL 2 2.50 3.6 4.9

Measuring Range
The total measuring range for INNOVANCE® D-Dimer is defined by the concentration of the calibrator used and is approximately 0.19 to 4.40
mg/L FEU. The measuring range can be extended to approximately 35.20 mg/L FEU by automatic redilution of samples above 4.40 mg/L
FEU. Samples with concentrations above 35.20 mg/L FEU can be further diluted manually with INNOVANCE® D-Dimer DILUENT.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 189


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 5
D-Dimer with
®
INNOVANCE D-Dimer

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: mg/L FEU
Comments n Mean Median 90th Percentile
— 150 --- --- 0.55
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 190


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 4 of 5
D-Dimer with
®
INNOVANCE D-Dimer

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter DDi Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 13 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. DDi.DIL 13 µL Parameter DDi
Rinse None Unit mg/L
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XX.XX
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Log-Log Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator DDi.CAL
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer DDi.DIL
First Reagent DDi.SUP 17 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific D-
Dimer concentration of INNOVANCE® D-Dimer
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
CALIBRATOR.
Second Reagent DDi.BUF 61 µL 40 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Repl.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 1/1 2
Third Reagent DDi.REA 56 µL 180 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/2 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/8 2
Detector Immuno for IMMUNO1 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/16 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 800 nm Inc Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/32 2
200 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. DDi - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] mg/L
- Report Limit lower (<) 0.19 mg/L Detector Settings
upper (>) 35.20 mg/L Settings - Analysis Settings
- Redil. Limits ON / OFF ON - Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] - (VLinIntegral)
lower (-) 0.00 mg/L
upper (+) 4.40 mg/L
- Replic. Limits Difference Limit 20 %

Remarks
Important!
The parameters given in the Application Sheet have to be entered into the software carefully. Additionally, there are parameters which have
to be entered by the service only. Please contact your local service.
The automatic redilution of samples is not available in the „Micro Mode“. Sample results outside the concentration range of the standard
curve are extrapolated, and therefore, have a higher potential to be inaccurate. Therefore, results of samples measured in the
„Micro Mode“ may only be released if the results are within the concentration range of the standard curve.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 191


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 5 of 5
D-Dimer with
®
INNOVANCE D-Dimer

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
DDi
mg/L dOD
5.30 0.1467
2.65 0.1101
1.32 0.0614
0.66 0.0236
0.33 0.0098
0.17 0.0043

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 192


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 3
Free Protein S with
®
INNOVANCE Free PS Ag
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
INNOVANCE Free PS Ag — OPGL Kit —
REAGENT — 3.4 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
BUFFER — 3.0 mL
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 [2]
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1 [2]
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack [2]
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL
Sample Cup Conical 4 mL — 424-1160-8 4 mL —

Additional Notes
INNOVANCE® Free PS Ag BUFFER has to be defined as reagent.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.
[2]
The required controls and calibrators have to be transferred into Sample Cups conical 4 mL.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT FPS.REA 48
BUFFER FPS.BUF 48
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (GW15) OVB 48
OV BUFFER (GW15) OVB 48
In original vials, the reagent may be left on board the instrument continuously for 48 hours or stored on and off the instrument for intervals of
6 x 8 hours over a maximum period of 8 weeks.
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 2570
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 60

Limitations
Higher levels of lipids or turbid samples can lead to falsely elevated or decreased values. It is therefore recommended to perform an
additional centrifugation step of the plasma (10 minutes at approx. 15.000 x g) before analyzing lipemic patient specimens.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 193


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 3
Free Protein S with
®
INNOVANCE Free PS Ag

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
INNOVANCE® Free PS Ag on BCS® XP System y = 0.99 x - 3.91 0.995
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (within-device CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 10 %.

Mean Repeatability Within-Device/Lab


(% of norm) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N 80.4 1.8 1.8
CONTROL P 27.2 1.7 1.9

Measuring Range
TThe total measuring range of INNOVANCE® Free PS Ag is 10 % of norm to 150 % of norm. Samples with concentrations above 150 % of
norm can be further diluted manually by mixing one part of the sample with one part of Dade® CA System Buffer (OVB).

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: % of norm
Comments n Median 2.5th - 97.5th Percentile
Males 133 96.8 67.3 - 129.8
Females [1] 125 83.2 61.5 - 114.8
[1]
Females without oral contraception, hormone replacement therapy or pregnancy.
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 194


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 3
Free Protein S with
®
INNOVANCE Free PS Ag

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter FPS Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 15 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 100 µL Parameter FPS%
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 30 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. OVB 10 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent FPS.BUF 60 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent FPS.REA 80 µL 140 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 15/8 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 7/5 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 11/10 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 3/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 3/8 2
Detector Immuno for IMMUNO1 Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/10 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 800 nm Inc
Analysis Range 200 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. FPS% - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
- Report Limit lower (<) 10.0 % Detector Settings
upper (>) 150.0 % Settings - Analysis Settings
- Replic. Limits Difference Limit 10 % - Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] - (VLinIntegral)

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
FPS%
% dOD
9.3 0.0068
34.9 0.0347
69.8 0.0710
102.3 0.0962
130.2 0.1158
174.4 0.1440

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 195


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 5
von Willebrand Factor with
vWF Ag
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
vWF Ag — OPAB Kit —
REAGENT (diluent added) — 2 + 4 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
BUFFER (Glycine buffer) — 5 mL
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1 mL
1 D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL

Additional Notes
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
BUFFER vWFBuf 48
REAGENT vWFReag 48
CONTROL N 8
CONTROL P 8
CA SYSTEM BUFFER OVB 48
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ...
Triglycerides mg/dL 600
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1500
Bilirubin mg/dL 48

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 196


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 5
von Willebrand Factor with
vWF Ag

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
Commercially available von Willebrand Factor antigen assay on STA** System y = 0.95 x + 0.97 0.988
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (total CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Within Run Run to Run Total
CV (%) CV (%) CV (%)
vWF.m CONTROL N 1.4 1.3 1.8
vWF.m CONTROL P 2.5 2.5 3.4
vWF.l pathological plasma pool I (low conc.) 2.0 11.9 12.1
vWF.l pathological plasma pool II (low conc.) 1.7 3.9 4.3
vWF.h pathological plasma pool I (high conc.) 1.9 4.0 4.4
vWF.h pathological plasma pool II (high conc.) 2.1 3.6 4.1

Measuring Range
The measuring range is defined by the concentration of the calibrators used.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: %
th th
Comments n Mean Median 5 - 95 Percentile
Total 185 98.1 94.2 57.3 - 153.3
Blood group 0 80 83.6 80.5 54.0 - 133.8
Other blood groups 105 109.2 106.1 68.5 - 159.4
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 197


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 5
von Willebrand Factor with
vWF Ag

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Each Test Protocol has to be calibrated separately.
Parameter VWF.m Calculation Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 15 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. OVB 15 µL - Calc. Para 1
Rinse None Parameter vWFm
Second Dilution 0 µL Unit %
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Rinse None Calc. Method Lin-Lin Pt-Pt
Factor Plasma None 0 µL Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Calibrator SHP
First Reagent vWFBuf 60 µL 20 sec Buffer OVB
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
calibrator value.
Second Reagent vWFReag 90 µL 260 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Repl.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 2/1 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 6/5 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 9/13 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 2/5 2
Detector Immuno for vWF.Ag Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/10 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 575 nm Inc Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
Analysis Range 170 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. vWFm - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
- Report Limit lower (<) 10.0 % Detector Settings
upper (>) 600.0 % Settings - Analysis Settings
- Redil. Limits ON / OFF ON - Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] - (VLinIntegral)
lower (-) 0.0 %
upper (+) 180.0 %
- Replic. Limits Difference Limit 10 %

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
vWFm
% dOD
9.5 0.0041
38.0 0.0208
65.8 0.0386
114.0 0.0780
190.0 0.1313

Remarks
All samples with unknown vWF concentration should be measured with vWF.m setting first.
It is necessary to switch ON [Reflex] and to switch OFF [Micro] for the respective samples in the worklist to enable both, reflex and redilution
feature.
Based on the analysis results the system will automatically perform a redilution analysis if the vWF concentration exceedes the calibration
range or the system will automatically perform a reflex testing (vWF.l setting) if the vWF concentration is below the calibration range.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 198


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 4 of 5
von Willebrand Factor with
vWF Ag

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter VWF.l Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 75 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Parameter vWFI
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent vWFBuf 60 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent vWFReag 90 µL 260 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 1/5 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 3/20 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/10 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 3/50 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/50 2
Detector Immuno for vWF.Ag Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 575 nm Inc
Analysis Range 170 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. vWFI - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
- Report Limit lower (<) 2.0 % Detector Settings
upper (>) 20.0 % Settings - Analysis Settings
- Replic. Limits Difference Limit 15 % - Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] - (VLinIntegral)

Remarks
Settings/Data Check/Reflex Tests:
Choose an unused line, delete another if there is no line free and add Reflex test.
Select [Insert] to add the Reflex Test
Select Parameter: [Param.]/vWF.m/vWFm %
Select [<]
Select [Numeric Key] and enter 10
Select [THEN]
Select Parameter: [Param.]/vWF.l

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 199


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 5 of 5
von Willebrand Factor with
vWF Ag

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter VWF.h Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 5 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. OVB 25 µL Parameter vWFh
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent vWFBuf 60 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent vWFReag 90 µL 260 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 6/1 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 19/4 2
Third Reagent None 0 µL 0 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 14/4 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 9/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/1 2
Detector Immuno for vWF.Ag Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens / 575 nm Inc
Analysis Range 170 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. vWFh - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
- Report Limit lower (<) 100.0 % Detector Settings
upper (>) 600.0 % Settings - Analysis Settings
- Replic. Limits Difference Limit 10 % - Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] - (VLinIntegral)

Remarks
The vWF.h setting can be used as an option in case of a known sample with high vWF concentration.
The automatic redilution of samples is not available in the „Micro Mode“. Sample results outside the concentration range of the standard
curve are extrapolated, and therefore, have a higher potential to be inaccurate. Therefore, results of samples measured in the
„Micro Mode“ may only be released if the results are within the concentration range of the standard curve.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 200


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 1 of 5
von Willebrand Factor with
®
INNOVANCE VWF Ac
For additional information, limitations and interferences please refer to
the Instructions for Use of the analyzer and check current Instructions
for Use for reagents, controls and calibrators and tables of assigned/
analytical values.

The parameters defined in this application sheet have been developed by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics to provide optimal product
performance with the assay and instrument combination. Any modification to these parameters may affect performance of this and other
assays in use on your system and the resulting assay values. It is the responsibility of the user to validate any modifications and their impact
on all assay results. Results of this test should always be interpreted in conjunction with the patient's medical history, clinical presentation
and other findings.
The application sheet lists all combinations of controls and calibrators for use with the reagent and instrument system; other combinations
are not validated or supported by Siemens.

Materials Required
Material REF Size On-board position
®
INNOVANCE VWF Ac — OPHL Kit —
REAGENT I — 2.0 mL B1 - B10 or C1 - C10
REAGENT II — 3.5 mL
REAGENT III — 2.5 mL
STANDARD PLASMA (SHP) ORKL rack position
D1 - D14 or sample 1
1 mL D1 - D14 or sample rack position 1
CONTROL N ORKE 1 mL D1 - D14 or any position on sample rack
CONTROL P OUPZ 1 mL
CA SYSTEM BUFFER (OVB) —[1] — E1 - E2
OV BUFFER (OVB) B4234-25 15 mL

Additional Notes
As a control in the low measurement range, Control Plasma P (OUPZ) diluted 1:3 with Dade® Owren’s Veronal Buffer or Dade® CA System
Buffer can be used. The assigned value is calculated by division of the concentration given in the Table of Assigned Values by the dilution
(divisor:3). The range of the diluted control is +/- 4.0 % of norm VWF.
[1]
For additional information please refer to the Appendix I.

On-board Stability
Material Name in Test Protocol Time [h]
REAGENT I VWFAcI 16
REAGENT II VWFAcII 16
REAGENT III VWFAcIII 48
CONTROL N 4
CONTROL P 4
CONTROL P 1:3 diluted 4

If stored on and off the intrument, REAGENT I and II may be used for intervals of 4 x 4 hours over a maximum period of 4 weeks. If
REAGENT III is stored on and off the instrument, it may be used for intervals of 12 x 4 hours over a maximum period of 12 weeks.
The stability data presented here were established under controlled laboratory conditions. Due to differences in laboratory environmental
conditions and reagent vial filling volumes, the on-board stability may deviate from the above-mentioned values.

Interference Studies
No interferences up to ... VWFAc.m VWFAc.l
Triglycerides mg/dL 401 312
Hemoglobin mg/dL 1000 1000
Bilirubin mg/dL 60 60

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 201


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 2 of 5
von Willebrand Factor with
®
INNOVANCE VWF Ac

Performance Characteristics
The following studies were conducted using specimens collected in 3.2 % sodium citrate solution.
Method Comparison
Predicate Device Regression Equation r
INNOVANCE® VWF Ac on BCS® / BCS® XP System y = 1.03x + 0.01 0.991
r = Correlation Coefficient
Precision
The coefficient of variation of the analytical system (within-device CV) on the same lot of control plasma should be less than 15 %.
Parameter Mean Repeatability Within-Device/Lab
(% of norm) CV (%) CV (%)
CONTROL N VWFAc.m 86.7 1.6 1.7
CONTROL P VWFAc.m 32.3 3.1 3.5
Pathological plasma pool 1 VWFAc.m 17.7 4.8 5.8
Pathological plasma pool 2 VWFAc.l 9.0 5.9 6.6
Pathological plasma pool 3 448 2.1 2.6

Measuring Range
The INNOVANCE® VWF Ac total measuring range on the Sysmex® CA-1500 System extends from 4 % to 600 %. This total measuring
range is achieved by an automatic redilution of samples > 150 % or by reflex testing of samples < 15 %.

Expected Values
In a study with ostensibly healthy subjects the following data were obtained:
Unit: %
th th
Comments n Mean Median 2.5 - 97.5 Percentile
Blood group independent 263 101.2 96.2 51.7 - 173.9
Blood group 0 129 86.3 83.3 47.8 - 140.3
Blood group non-0 134 115.6 118.2 66.3 - 184.4
Reference intervals may vary from laboratory to laboratory. Therefore, each laboratory should establish its own reference intervals.
For more information on establishing reference intervals see CLSI document C28-A3, “How to Define and Determine Reference Intervals in
the Clinical Laboratory; Approved Guideline.”

Bibliography Manufacturer
Refer to the Instructions for Use of the reagent. Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Products GmbH
Emil-von-Behring-Str. 76
35041 Marburg / Germany

USA Distributor
Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc.
Newark, DE 19714 USA

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 202


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 3 of 5
von Willebrand Factor with
®
INNOVANCE VWF Ac

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Each Test Protocol has to be calibrated separately.
Parameter VWFAc.m Calculation Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 15 µL Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Diluent Vol. OVB 30 µL - Calc. Para 1
Rinse None Parameter VWFAcm
Second Dilution 0 µL Unit %
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Rinse None Calc. Method Lin-Lin Pt-Pt
Factor Plasma None 0 µL Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Calibrator SHP
First Reagent VWFAcII 70 µL 20 sec Buffer OVB
Push-out Solution No 0 µL
Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
calibrator value.
Second Reagent VWFAcIII 13 µL 40 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Repl.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 9/5 2
Third Reagent VWFAcI 40 µL 350 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 4/3 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/1 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 3/4 2
Detector Immuno for IMMUNO 2 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/2 2
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens 800 nm Inc Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 1/7 2
Analysis Range 70 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. VWFAcm - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
- Report Limit lower (<) 15.0 % Detector Settings
upper (>) 600.0 % Settings - Analysis Settings
- Redil. Limits ON / OFF ON - Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] - (VLinIntegral)
lower (-) 0.0 %
upper (+) 150.0 %
- Replic. Limits Difference Limit 20 %

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
VWFAc.m
% dOD
14.1 0.0137
49.5 0.1252
74.2 0.1968
99.0 0.2728
132.0 0.3407
178.2 0.3946

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 203


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 4 of 5
von Willebrand Factor with
®
INNOVANCE VWF Ac

Test Protocol Standard Curve Calibration


Settings - Analysis Settings - Test Protocol Calculation Parameter Settings
Parameter VWFAc.l Settings - Analysis Settings - More - Parameter Settings
Sample Vol. 60 µL - Calc. Para 1
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Parameter VWFAcl
Rinse None Unit %
Second Dilution 0 µL Number Format XXX.X
Diluent Vol. None 0 µL Calc. Method Lin-Lin Pt-Pt
Rinse None Standard Curve - Analysis Setting
Factor Plasma None 0 µL
Calibration Mode Auto Dilution
Calibrator SHP
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None None Buffer OVB
First Reagent VWFAcII 70 µL 20 sec
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Refer to the Table of Analytical Values for the lot specific
calibrator value.
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0
Second Reagent VWFAcIII 13 µL 40 sec Repl.
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 1 1/4 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 2 1/6 2
Third Reagent VWFAcI 40 µL 350 sec Calib. or Dil Ratio 3 1/8 2
Push-out Solution No 0 µL Calib. or Dil Ratio 4 1/12 2
Rinse (Pre./Post.) None x 0 None x0 Calib. or Dil Ratio 5 1/25 2
Detector Immuno for IMMUNO2 Calib. or Dil Ratio 6 --- ---
Sens/Wavelength Low Sens 800 nm Inc
Analysis Range 70 sec

Data Check Number of Replicates


Settings - Data Check Settings - Analysis Settings
- Select param. Param. VWFAcl - Replic. No. of Replicates 1
[Unit] %
- Report Limit lower (<) 4.0 % Detector Settings
upper (>) 20.0 % Settings - Analysis Settings
- Replic. Limits Difference Limit 20 % - Detector Settings Analysis Range [s] - (VLinIntegral)

Standard Curve (example only)


A new standard curve must be established when changing a reagent lot, after major maintenance or service, if indicated by quality control
results and when required by laboratory control procedures and/or government regulations.
VWFAc.l
% dOD
3.9 0.0183
8.2 0.0539
12.2 0.0971
16.3 0.1374
24.5 0.2120

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 204


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Application Sheet for Page 5 of 5
von Willebrand Factor with
®
INNOVANCE VWF Ac

Remarks
All samples with unknown VWF concentration should be measured with VWFAc.m setting first.
It is necessary to switch ON [Reflex] and to switch OFF [Micro] for the respective samples in the worklist to enable both, reflex and redilution
feature.
Based on the analysis results the system will automatically perform either a redilution analysis if the VWF concentration exceeds the
calibration range or the system will automatically perform a reflex testing (VWF low setting) if the VWF concentration is below the calibration
range.
Please make sure that the parameters for IMMUNO2 are entered correctly according to the Service Setting Guide.
In order to guarantee reliable results it is crucial to modify the analysis parameter for this assay.
Settings/Data Check/Reflex Tests:
Choose an unused line, delete another if there is no line free and add the Reflex test.
Select [Insert]
Select [Param.]: Parameter Selection [VWFAc.m]/[VWFAcm %]
Select [<]
Select [Numeric Key] and enter 15
Select [Then]
Select [Param.]: Parameter [VWFAc.l]
The necessary technical modification has to be done by a Siemens representative
The errors listed in the table below may appear if the sample measured contains a very low or undetectable level of VWF (e.g. Type 3 von
Willebrand disease). If not already done, the sample should be measured by using the VWF low setting and also by using other assays, e.g.
VWF Ag.
Result Raw value Error code
****** ----.-- Range Over
***** 0.0000 ERR 0
***** ****** Reaction Curve Err
The automatic redilution of samples is not available in the „Micro Mode“. Sample results outside the concentration range of the standard
curve are extrapolated, and therefore, have a higher potential to be inaccurate. Therefore, results of samples measured in the
„Micro Mode“ may only be released if the results are within the concentration range of the standard curve.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 205


®
Sysmex CA-1500 System
Appendix I Page 1 of 1

General Information to the Applications

CA CLEAN II
Material 45 mL 500 mL 5L
® ®
Dade Innovin X X X X
Multifibren® U X X X X
LA 1 REAGENT X X X X
LA 2 REAGENT X X X X
ProC® Global X X X X
®
ProC Ac R X X X X
Berichrom HEPARIN X X X X
Factor V Leiden Assay X X X X

CA CLEAN II is available as 45 mL, 500 mL and 5 L product variants (REF 10708787, 964-0611, 974-0581-0). The table above lists under
“Material” all kits requiring CA CLEAN II in addition to the material provided with the kit.
If required CA CLEAN II has to be transferred into an appropriate vial.

On-board Stability
The on-board stability of CA CLEAN I and CA CLEAN II for all applications is 48 h (in GW50 or PV-10 vials).
®
Dade CA System Buffer
The REF for Dade® CA System Buffer is B4265. For positioning on the analyzer, the buffer has to be transferred into an appropriate vial.

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 206


Sysmex® CA-1500 System

Appendix II Page 1 of 3

Symbol names of required Materials

Symbol names are depicted onto the reagent labels and are not translatable. In the following table symbol
names and corresponding product names in the language of this Reference Guide are listed.
Symbol name Product name
1. Reagents / Supplementary Reagents
® ®
ACTIN Dade Actin Activated Cephaloplastin Reagent
® ®
ACTIN FS Dade Actin FS Activated PTT Reagent
® ®
ACTIN FSL Dade Actin FSL Activated PTT Reagent
Batroxobin REAGENT Batroxobin Reagent
LA 1 REAGENT LA 1 Screening Reagent
LA 2 REAGENT LA 2 Confirmation Reagent
FACTOR II DEFICIENT Coagulation Factor II Deficient Plasma
FACTOR V DEFICIENT Coagulation Factor V Deficient Plasma
FACTOR VII DEFICIENT Coagulation Factor VII Deficient Plasma
FACTOR VIII DEFICIENT Coagulation Factor VIII Deficient Plasma
FACTOR IX DEFICIENT Coagulation Factor IX Deficient Plasma
FACTOR X DEFICIENT Coagulation Factor X Deficient Plasma
FACTOR XI DEFICIENT Coagulation Factor XI Deficient Plasma
FACTOR XII DEFICIENT Coagulation Factor XII Deficient Plasma
®
THROMBIN REAGENT Dade Thrombin Reagent
® ®
INNOVANCE D-Dimer DILUENT INNOVANCE D-Dimer Sample Diluent
CaCl2 SOLUTION Calcium Chloride Solution
CA CLEAN I CA CLEAN I
CA CLEAN II CA CLEAN II
®
CA SYSTEM BUFFER Dade CA System Buffer
®
OV BUFFER Dade Owren’s Veronal Buffer
®
Berichrom ANTIPLASMIN Berichrom α2-Antiplasmin
REAGENT P Plasmin
PLASMIN SUBSTRATE Plasmin Substrate
REAGENT P DILUENT Buffer Solution
®
Berichrom AT III Berichrom Antithrombin III (A)
REAGENT THR Thrombin Reagent
SUBSTRATE Substrate Reagent
REAGENT THR DILUENT Buffer Solution
®
Berichrom HEPARIN Berichrom Heparin
REAGENT AT AT III Reagent
SUBSTRATE Substrate Reagent
REAGENT FX Factor Xa Reagent
REAGENT FX DILUENT Dextran Sulfate Reagent
®
Berichrom PLASMINOGEN Berichrom Plasminogen
REAGENT STR Streptokinase Reagent
PLASMIN SUBSTRATE Plasmin Substrate
®
Berichrom PROTEIN C Berichrom Protein C
ACTIVATOR Protein C Activator
SUBSTRATE Substrate Reagent
ACTIVATOR DILUENT Hepes Buffer Solution

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 207


Sysmex® CA-1500 System

Appendix II Page 2 of 3

Symbol names of required Materials

Symbol name Product name


® ®
INNOVANCE Antithrombin INNOVANCE Antithrombin
®
REAGENT INNOVANCE Antithrombin Reagent
®
SUBSTRATE INNOVANCE Antithrombin Substrate
®
BUFFER INNOVANCE Antithrombin Buffer
® ®
INNOVANCE D-Dimer INNOVANCE D-Dimer
®
REAGENT INNOVANCE D-Dimer Reagent
®
BUFFER INNOVANCE D-Dimer Buffer
®
SUPPLEMENT INNOVANCE D-Dimer Supplement
®
DILUENT INNOVANCE D-Dimer Diluent
®
CALIBRATOR INNOVANCE D-Dimer Calibrator
® ®
INNOVANCE Free PS Ag INNOVANCE Free PS Ag
®
REAGENT INNOVANCE Free PS Ag Reagent
®
BUFFER INNOVANCE Free PS Ag Buffer
® ®
INNOVANCE VWF Ac INNOVANCE VWF Ac
®
REAGENT I INNOVANCE VWF Ac reagent I
®
REAGENT II INNOVANCE VWF Ac reagent II
®
REAGENT III INNOVANCE VWF Ac reagent III
FACTOR VIII CHROMOGENIC Factor VIII Chromogenic Assay
REAGENT FIX Factor IXa Reagent
REAGENT FX Factor X Reagent
SUBSTRATE Substrate Reagent
SUBSTRATE BUFFER Stopping Buffer
®
FIBRINOGEN DETERMINATION Dade Fibrinogen Determination Reagents
®
THROMBIN REAGENT Dade Thrombin Reagent
®
FIBRINOGEN STANDARD Dade Fibrinogen Standard
®
OV BUFFER Dade Owren’s Veronal Buffer
TEST THROMBIN Test Thrombin Reagent
REAGENT Test Thrombin Reagent
REAGENT DILUENT Buffer Solution
® ®
ProC Ac R ProC Ac R
REAGENT PR3V Reagent
ACTIVATOR Activator Reagent
® ®
ProC Global ProC Global
®
ACTIVATOR Activator Reagent for ProC Global
®
BUFFER Buffer for ProC Global
®
REAGENT APTT APTT reagent for ProC Global
PROTEIN C COAG Protein C Reagent
REAGENT APTT APTT Reagent for Protein C
ACTIVATOR Protein C Activator
DEFICIENT Protein C Deficient Plasma
Protein S Ac Protein S Ac
REAGENT APC Reagent
DEFICIENT Deficient Plasma
ACTIVATOR Starting Reagent

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 208


Sysmex® CA-1500 System

Appendix II Page 3 of 3

Symbol names of required Materials

Symbol name Product name


vWF Ag vWF Ag
REAGENT Latex Reagent
(REAGENT DILUENT) (Diluent for Latex Reagent)
BUFFER Buffer
2. Standards / Controls
®
Berichrom HEPARIN LMW CALIBRATOR Berichrom Heparin LMW Calibrator
®
Berichrom HEPARIN UF CALIBRATOR Berichrom Heparin UF Calibrator
FIBRINOGEN CALIBRATOR Fibrinogen Calibrator Kit
STANDARD PLASMA Standard Human Plasma
PT-Multi CALIBRATOR PT-Multi Calibrator
®
Berichrom HEPARIN LMW CONTROL 1 Berichrom Heparin LMW Control 1
®
Berichrom HEPARIN LMW CONTROL 2 Berichrom Heparin LMW Control 2
®
Berichrom HEPARIN UF CONTROL 1 Berichrom Heparin UF Control 1
®
Berichrom HEPARIN UF CONTROL 2 Berichrom Heparin UF Control 2
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 1 Dade Ci-Trol Coagulation Control Level 1
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 2 Dade Ci-Trol Coagulation Control Level 2
® ®
Ci-Trol CONTROL 3 Dade Ci-Trol Coagulation Control Level 3
® ®
Ci-Trol HEPARIN CONTROL 1 Dade Ci-Trol Heparin Control, Low
® ®
Ci-Trol HEPARIN CONTROL 2 Dade Ci-Trol Heparin Control, High
CONTROL N Control Plasma N
CONTROL P Control Plasma P
® ®
Data-Fi FIBRINOGEN CONTROL Dade Data-Fi Abnormal Fibrinogen Control
D-Dimer CONTROL 1 D-Dimer Control Plasma I
LA CONTROL 1 LA Control low
LA CONTROL 2 LA Control high
®
ProC CONTROL ProC Control Plasma
® ®
INNOVANCE D-Dimer CONTROLS INNOVANCE D-Dimer Controls
®
CONTROL 1 INNOVANCE D-Dimer Control 1
®
CONTROL 2 INNOVANCE D-Dimer Control 2

Reference Guide 3.05 - not for use in the USA - 209

You might also like